<p>
The off-road motorcycle scene in India is gaining serious momentum. For KTM enthusiasts, the 390 Adventure has been the default choice. Yet, for those craving serious dirt capabilities, extensive aftermarket modifications became the norm. Was KTM paying attention? It appears so. Enter the 390 Enduro R – a machine that promises better off-road performance while retaining the trusted 390 platform. So, is this the factory-built solution riders have been waiting for? We took it to the trails at Pro Dirt Adventure Park to find out.</p>

<h2>KTM 390 Enduro R Design &amp; Styling: Serious Off-Road Intent</h2>

<p>First impressions matter, and the Enduro R certainly makes a strong one. While it shares its underpinnings with the 390 Adventure, its stance is noticeably more aggressive and purpose-built. The vibrant KTM orange colour screams performance, and the bike looks broader and tougher  – visually more rugged than the 390 Adventure.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/04/1744278025044-sv8w-4-(1)-(1).webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The key change here is the sharp, minimalist LED headlight assembly, which is inspired by KTM’s hardcore EXC enduro bikes, quickening the pulse of any enthusiast. The 43mm WP Apex front forks and a matching monoshock at the rear signal serious off-road intent. Smart touches like pigmented body panels (designed to resist scratches), along with standard handguards, crash protection, and an engine bash plate, underscore its ready-for-anything character.</p><p>Beneath the skin, KTM India has made some interesting calls. The Enduro R retains the same suspension components as the 390 Adventure, offering 200mm of travel at the front and 205mm at the rear – shorter than the international model’s 230mm, which significantly lowers the seat height, making it more practical for our market.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/KTM-390-Enduro-R-Stand-View-1747313164247.webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R-Stand-View.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The most consequential upgrade is the new wheelset – a 21-inch front and 18-inch rear spoked rim combo, replacing the Adventure’s 17-inch rear setup. These are shod with Mitas Enduro Trail E07+ tyres – 90-section front and a fatter 140-section rear. This setup, along with revised suspension tuning, has raised the ground clearance to an impressive 253mm (up from the Adventure’s 237mm). To ensure a slimmer profile, the fuel tank has been downsized to 9 litres from the Adventure’s 14.5 – while it affects the range, it also reduces the kerb weight to 177kg (5kg lighter than the Adventure), enhancing its handling capabilities.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>KTM 390 Enduro R Ergonomics &amp; Features</h2>

<p>The new Enduro R strikes a thoughtful balance between functional tech and minimalist design. It features all the essential off-road hardware, which includes dual-channel ABS with an off-road mode, traction control, and selectable Street and Off-road ride modes – notably, there’s no Rain mode as found on the 390 Adventure.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/KTM-390-Enduro-R-Speedometer-1747313158262.webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R-Speedometer.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The updated switchgear feels tactile and intuitive, and there is a dedicated button to disable rear ABS on the fly, making transitions to dirt riding quick and seamless. The smaller TFT display is sharp, legible, and easy to navigate, offering smartphone connectivity and clear ride mode indicators. Within Off-road mode, riders can customise their experience by disabling traction control and even the quickshifter.</p><p>Swinging a leg over the Enduro R immediately reveals its intent. At 860mm, the seat height is 30mm taller than the 390 Adventure’s, which may pose a challenge for shorter riders, especially in tricky situations. It’s worth noting that the international version sits even higher at 890mm, adding an even bigger hurdle for less-experienced riders to climb (pun intended).</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/KTM-390-Enduro-R-Motion1-1747313212204.webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R-Motion1.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The pillion grab rails, while practical, extend upward rather prominently and can snag a leg during mounting. That said, once seated, the bike feels purpose-built. The long, firm seat offers excellent support and ample fore-aft movement – crucial for managing traction off-road. The centrally-mounted footpegs and wide handlebars form a confident and comfortable rider triangle, ideal for both seated cruising and aggressive stand-up riding. One minor drawback, inherited from the Adventure, is the tendency of the plastic side panels to get scuffed over time, especially with off-road boots.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>KTM 390 Enduro R Engine Performance &amp; Off-Road Capability</h2>

<p>At its core, the 390 Enduro R retains the familiar 399cc LC4c engine, producing the same 46bhp and 39Nm of torque as the 390 Adventure. However, revised engine mapping and a shorter final drive ratio (14/48 vs 14/46) result in a noticeable difference.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/KTM_Enduro_R_Engine_Review_autoX-1764747862703.webp" alt="KTM_Enduro_R_Engine_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Given its reduced weight, the Enduro R feels livelier and more urgent, delivering an extra dose of punch. It remains a rev-happy motor, offering strong performance through the mid-range and top-end. That said, riders navigating tight, technical terrain may still crave a bit more low-end grunt. This is an engine that demands rider engagement, rewarding active, energetic inputs. The six-speed gearbox is well-spaced and shifts cleanly, with first and second gears proving particularly useful for both city commuting and trail riding. Despite a smaller 285mm front disc (down from 320mm on the Adventure), braking performance is strong.</p><p>Where the 390 Enduro R truly earns its stripes is off the beaten path. The revised suspension tuning makes an immediate impression. It’s far more compliant than that of the 390 Adventure – it soaks up bumps, ruts, and undulations with a newfound composure. That familiar issue of front-end bottoming on sharp hits and heavy landings has been largely resolved.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/KTM_Enduro_R_Suspension_Review_autoX-1764747890741.webp" alt="KTM_Enduro_R_Suspension_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The bike now settles quickly and confidently, encouraging riders to carry more speed through demanding terrain. However, with the 18-inch rear wheel and 205mm of travel, the rear end tends to bottom out with harder hits. Impressively, this newfound off-road capability doesn’t come at the cost of on-road performance. Thanks to its Duke-derived chassis, the Enduro R remains agile and engaging on the tarmac, carving corners with a sharpness few dual-purpose bikes in India can match.</p>

    
  
    
  


    
  
    
  
<h2>KTM 390 Enduro R Verdict: Should You Buy One?</h2>

<p>Overall, the 390 Enduro R stands out as the most capable off-road machine in KTM India’s 390 lineup. With its reduced weight, revised gearing, properly tuned and adjustable suspension, and the all-important 21/18 spoked wheel setup, it’s a machine that truly shines once the road ends. It thoughtfully addresses many of the standard Adventure’s shortcomings for serious off-road use. That said, in its stock trim, it’s neither a hardcore enduro weapon nor a proper tourer. The smaller fuel tank, high-strung engine character (for some), and tall seat height clearly define its niche. This is a bike best suited for enthusiasts who blend spirited road riding with challenging weekend trail adventures, or, perhaps, for dirt riders looking for a versatile road-legal second bike.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/KTM-390-Enduro-R-Motion-1747313152284.webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>Against its chief rival, the Royal Enfield Himalayan 450, the Enduro R offers a sharper, more performance-focused alternative, albeit at a higher price. It’s not just a modified Adventure – it’s a thoughtfully created, factory-built response to what KTM fans have long been asking for. And the best part? KTM India has confirmed that the full-blown international-spec Enduro R will also join the lineup, giving riders the option of a no-compromise package straight from the showroom.
</p>




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>KTM 390 Enduro R </strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 399cc Single-cylinder </p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 6-Speed</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 46bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 39Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>
 
<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹3.36 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>No other motorcycle at this price point offers such a compelling blend of on- and off-road versatility as the 390 Enduro R.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Design, suspension, handling.</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Pricey, weak bottom-end</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


KTM 390 Enduro R First Ride Review - R-eality Check

KTM fans have long desired a more serious off-road machine based on the 390 platform. The Enduro R promises to deliver just that. But does it live up to the hype?

<p>
The Chang International Circuit is F-A-S-T. Long straights, hard acceleration zones, and harder braking points – all stitched together with some truly terrifying high-speed corners. Common sense would suggest it’s not exactly the ideal playground for first-timers on a top-dog, litre-class superbike. But when it’s about Ducati, there’s always some room for surprise. Which is why they flew me to this MotoGP track to get my first taste of the 2025 Panigale V4 S.</p>

<h2>2025 Ducati Panigale V4 S: What’s New and Why It Matters</h2>

<p>Now, this is a big deal. This is about the brand-new Panigale V4 – the flagship from Bologna. As you’d expect, Ducati has been shouting from the rooftops that this is the best-ever, fastest-ever, and most forward-looking Panigale, ever. A manufacturer hyping its latest product? Business as usual, or are they actually telling the truth?</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141659627-vsrg-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-side-profile.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-side-profile.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>Well, after spending a full day on it, lapping a racetrack under the sweltering Buriram sun, we think we have the answer. The new Panigale V4 is fan-effing-tastic!</p><p>Now, of course, a whole lot of fine-tuning and fresh changes have gone into this 7G Panigale. But let’s start with the familiar. The 2025 version is still propelled by the same 1,103cc V4 engine. It’s still blazingly red. And it’s still very desirable. Some might complain the design has softened, but it grows on you with time. Two minutes, to be precise. That’s how long it took me to fall for it.</p><h2>Ducati Panigale V4 S Engine, Frame and Suspension Updates Explained</h2><p>Let’s move to the finer details. The frame is all-new, and so is the dual-sided swingarm, which replaces the gorgeous single-sided unit of the outgoing model. Why the change? Because it’s all about form following function here. The new swingarm reduces lateral stiffness by a whopping 37%. It’s a similar story with the front frame – it claims to bring lateral rigidity down by an impressive 40%.</p>
    

    
  
    
  




<p>There are also new electronics, an updated Öhlins semi-electronic suspension setup, a beefed-up braking package, and more. Now, I could go on and type out the entire brochure for you, but I’m pretty sure I’d run out of space on these pages. So, let’s cut to the chase and talk about what really matters: the riding experience.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141569427-9mcu-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-2.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-2.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>If you’ve ridden the original Panigale V4, especially the first-gen from 2017, you’ll remember what an assassin it was. Relentless. Rigid. Unforgiving. It was hot-blooded and temperamental, like a heavyweight boxer dialled up to 11. A lethal weapon that wouldn’t hesitate to chew you up and spit you out for the slightest mistake.</p><h2>How the 2025 Panigale V4 S Rides on Track</h2>

    
  
    
  


<p>Ducati realised the problem quickly, which is why the later versions of the Panigale V4 became a bit less feverish and a little more friendly. But, as they say, a leopard doesn’t change its spots – the red mist never fully cleared from the Panigale’s head. Well, that was until now. The new Panigale V4 is a complete rethink. It’s no longer out for your blood the moment you twist the throttle. Instead, this one gently holds your hand, calms your nerves, and then blows your pants off – same, same, but very different.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141550068-wqj2-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-Motion.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>It is noticeably friendlier to ride – something that was clear from the very first lap. It feels lighter, roomier, and far less physically demanding. At 213bhp, the V4 motor still produces more or less the same power, but these 2025-spec horses are far more accessible.</p>

<p>For instance, the throttle no longer feels like you’re cracking open the lid of a nuclear reactor. The response is sharp but measured, and not barking mad. Make no mistake, the acceleration is still mind-tinglingly brutish, and a slight twist of the wrist will still leave you breathless – just not in a suicidal way.</p>

<p>And those long straights? The Panigale eats them up like Pac-Man. The acceleration is jaw-dropping. But before you can even pick your jaw off the floor, you’re hard on the brakes, and down it goes again on the floor – the stopping power from the new Brembo Hypure brakes are simply sensational.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141575618-c30a-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-3.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>What’s more, you now get Race eCBS – a linked braking system that automatically engages the rear brake for trail braking when you grab the front lever. The result? Tighter lines into apexes and a sense that, just maybe, you’re the second coming of Marc Márquez.</p>

<p>And last but not least, the handling and electronics. While the old Panigale needed to be muscled into corners at high speeds, this one flows with you, like an extension of your body. You can hurl it into a bend without a second thought, and it’ll rocket out the other side, gripping the tarmac like a leech. Honestly, it feels more like a middleweight than a full-fat litre-class machine.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141542250-9h1j-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-Speedometer.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-Speedometer.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>Adding to that sense of confidence is its suite of stellar electronics, including the new DVO (Ducati Vehicle Observer), which constantly tweaks wheelie control and traction control in real time. Not only does it keep you from launching yourself into space but also helps you post faster lap times.</p>

<h2>2025 Ducati Panigale V4 S Verdict: Should You Buy One?</h2>

<p>As far as I’m concerned, the Panigale V4 S is faultless. It’s blisteringly fast and drop-dead gorgeous, and now it’s also friendlier and more welcoming than ever. Regardless of your skill level, it’s a motorcycle that urges you to push harder, without punishing your body or bruising your ego. The only downside? That price tag. At ₹36.5 lakh (ex-showroom), it demands a heck of a lot of money. But, then, in return, you also get a heck of a lot of bike.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Ducati_Panigale_V4_S_First_Ride_Review_Chang_Circuit_autoX-1764048271090.webp" alt="Ducati_Panigale_V4_S_First_Ride_Review_Chang_Circuit_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Ducati Panigale V4 S</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,103cc V4</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 6-Speed</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 213bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 121Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>
 
<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹36.5 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>Not just the best superbike of the present era, but perhaps an all-time great!</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Handling, performance, electronics</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Costs a bomb!</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


Ducati Panigale V4 S First Ride Review - Top Dog

The Chang International Circuit is fast and unforgiving, but that’s exactly where Ducati sent us to sample the new Panigale V4 S — and discover just how different it really is.

<p>
    Hero MotoCorp seems to be on a roll, turning its concepts from EICMA 2024 into reality. Hot on the heels of the Xoom 160 comes the Xtreme 250R. It is touted as the quickest machine in its class. With its bold, aggressive styling, it certainly grabs attention, but does its performance back it up?</p>

<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Design &amp; Styling: Italian Flair?</h2>

<p>Let’s talk design first – well, because, frankly, it’s impossible to ignore. While the styling is a bit polarising, personally, I’m quite taken by its sharp, aggressive lines. During our ride in Udaipur, it drew plenty of attention – some admiring, others possibly bewildered. There’s a clear hint of Italian streetfighter flair here, particularly in the pointed front end housing the LED projector headlamp, the muscular tank shrouds flanking the sculpted fuel tank, and the stubby, minimalist tail section. Viewed head-on, it has a bit of a Ducati-esque appearance.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140520727-tzvl-Hero-Xtreme-250R-Stand-View.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-Stand-View.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Hero’s design team has clearly gone the extra mile, delivering a look that feels both premium and purposeful. The 17-inch diamond-cut alloy wheels complement the overall design very well, especially in the striking colour scheme you see on these pages. That said, it’s not without its flaws. For instance, the integrated saree guard and front number plate holder feels bulky and detracts from its otherwise sleek profile – while the bike looks cleaner without it, it’s neither legal nor practical.</p>







<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Features &amp; Tech: Tech Savvy?</h2>

<p>For its segment, the Xtreme 250R is reasonably equipped. A standout feature is the Class-D LED projector headlamp, which has proven quite effective in previous models like the Xpulse 200 4V. LED indicators are standard, and the emergency stop signal – which activates the hazard light during hard braking – is a thoughtful safety addition. The bike also features switchable dual-channel ABS with two selectable modes – Road and Race – offering added flexibility.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140413745-yl8r-Hero-Xtreme-250R-Speedometer.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-Speedometer.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>For instrumentation, the Xtreme 250R comes with an easy-to-read, negative LCD panel with Bluetooth connectivity for alerts and navigation. While it does the job well, it lacks the premium feel of the TFT displays found on some key rivals, such as the KTM 250 Duke. At this price point, a TFT display would have significantly enhanced its appeal.</p>







<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Comfort &amp; Ergonomics: Comfort Zone?</h2>

<p>Ergonomically, the Xtreme 250R is quite accessible. Its wide handlebar and 806mm seat height provide a comfortable, upright riding posture, which is good for city riding and should be manageable for most riders. The seat is well-contoured, offering decent comfort. The bike is also good in terms of practicality – its 167mm of ground clearance is quite sufficient for uneven or broken roads.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Hero_Xtreme_250R_First_Ride_Review_autoX-1764048175762.webp" alt="Hero_Xtreme_250R_First_Ride_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>That said, the neutral footpeg position and upright stance make it a bit challenging to fully tuck in or grip the bike during more spirited riding. While it’s great for daily commuting, it slightly detracts from the aggressive riding experience. On the upside, the wide handlebars offer excellent leverage, making quick steering inputs fairly easy.</p>



<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Performance &amp; Handling: Go vs Show?</h2>

<p>Now, let’s talk about the heart of the matter: performance and handling. The Xtreme 250R is powered by a relatively new 250cc liquid-cooled single-cylinder engine, which is essentially a stroked version of the 210cc unit from the Karizma. Hero claims outputs of 29.5bhp at 9,250rpm and 25Nm of torque at 7,250rpm. With a 12:1 compression ratio and that peak power figure, it’s clear that it is a top-end focused motor – and that’s exactly how it feels on the road.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140407759-h0ch-Hero-Xtreme-250R-Engine.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-Engine.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p>

<p>That’s not to say that it’s completely gutless lower down. There’s a healthy, usable mid-range, which makes city commuting and overtaking quite easy. But to truly tap into its performance, you really need to wring its neck and keep the revs high. It thrives when pushed, which makes it quite engaging around twisty roads.</p><p>However, this high-revving nature comes at a cost. Vibrations creep in as the revs climb, particularly through the handlebars and footpegs. During the test, while riding spiritedly, I often found myself short-shifting out of mechanical sympathy, hesitant to constantly wring it out. If you prefer an engine you can thrash, this might not be it. </p>

<p>Hero claims that the Xtreme 250R is the fastest in its class (0 – 60 km/h and 0 – 100 km/h). While it’s yet to be verified with proper testing equipment, my seat-of-the-pants impressions suggest that it’s a brisk and eager performer, especially once you’re past the mid-range.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140375658-awoj-Hero-Xtreme-250R-Motion.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Where the Xtreme 250R truly shines is in terms of handling. The chassis feels taut and communicative, giving the bike a light, nimble character. Whether you’re weaving through city traffic or carving up a twisty mountain road, it responds eagerly to inputs and holds its line with reassuring confidence. The suspension strikes a commendable balance – it’s firm enough for sporty riding and yet compliant enough to handle rough roads.</p>

<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Verdict: Should You Buy This New 250cc Streetfighter?</h2>

<p>The Hero Xtreme 250R is a strong contender in the 250cc segment. With its sharp styling, agile handling, and decent feature list, it offers a well-rounded package for riders seeking a sporty yet practical machine. The engine offers solid performance, especially in the top end, though it’s not the smoothest engine out there. Still, it is an agile, sporty streetfighter, which is also comfortable enough for daily use.</p>

<p>While the LCD screen feels a bit dated compared to what some of its rivals offer, the overall package, especially the bike’s dynamic ability, is quite compelling. So, if you prefer sharp aesthetics, agile handling, and an engine that rewards spirited riding, the Xtreme 250R is well worth considering.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140442039-ilcw-Hero-Xtreme-250R-1.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-1.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p>




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Hero Xtreme 250R </strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 249cc Single-cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 6-Speed</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 29.5bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 25Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹1.80 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>With design and performance to rival the best in its class and a price tag closer to the segment below, the Xtreme 250R is an exceptional value proposition.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
    <tbody>
        <tr>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
                    •&nbsp; Design, price &amp; handling</p>

            </td>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
                    • Vibrations, weak bottom-end</p>
            </td>
        </tr>
    </tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>

Hero Xtreme 250R First Ride Review - Xtreme 'Nuff?

Hero’s sharply styled Xtreme 250R promises class-leading performance and standout streetfighter attitude, but does it truly deliver where it matters most?

<p>
The Ultraviolette F77 Mach 2 is easily one of the coolest electric motorcycles in India. However, its aggressive riding position can feel a bit too committed, making city commutes and long rides uncomfortable for some riders. Enter the new SuperStreet – it’s designed for those who prefer a more upright riding posture. To put it to the test, we travelled to Ultraviolette’s base, where we rode the F77 SuperStreet both on a go-kart track and on public roads. The idea was to find out how it handles, and whether it is the revelation that Ultraviolette promises.</p>

    
  
    
  
<h2>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Design &amp; Battery Specs</h2>

<p>You might be wondering why the F77 SuperStreet looks almost identical to the F77 Mach 2. Well, according to the company, the design was already so good that they saw no reason to make any changes. So, the hardware is pretty much the same, with just a few small tweaks. The Recon variant we tested comes with the same 10.3kWh battery, giving you an IDC-certified range of 323km, along with 40 horsepower and 100Nm of torque. It can go from zero to 60km/h in just 2.8 seconds and hit the 100km/h mark in another 4.9 seconds, making the Recon variant about 0.1 seconds faster than the standard one. However, both versions have a top speed of 155km/h, just like the F77 Mach 2.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740138849152-8ijx-Ultraviolette-F77-SuperStreet-Recon-Speedometer.webp" alt="Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Recon-Speedometer.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The SuperStreet also offers three ride modes – Glide, Combat, and Ballistic – paired to a 10-level regenerative braking system, which is optional in the standard version. Another cool feature it shares with the Mach 2 is the Dynamic Stability Control (DSC), which effectively uses the regenerative braking system in conjunction with the ABS, ensuring optimal stability and control, especially in challenging riding conditions. It prevents wheel lockup by dynamically adjusting braking force while slowing down using regenerative braking.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet vs Mach 2: Key Changes Explained</h2>

<p>One of the biggest updates is the handlebar – the bike gets a wider, single-piece unit instead of the old clip-on bars. To fit this new handlebar on the SuperStreet version, the company added a riser and tweaked the triple clamp. Although the seat and footpeg positions haven’t changed, this new setup straightens the riding posture by about 25 degrees. So, you end up sitting pretty upright, just like you do on a typical streetfighter.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740138833540-05li-Ultraviolette-F77-SuperStreet-Recon-front-three-quarter.webp" alt="Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Recon-front-three-quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>And that change really makes a world of difference. In fact, I really like the comfortable riding position of the F77 SuperStreet. The upright riding position feels great, and those wider handlebars give you better control, especially when navigating city traffic. Surprisingly, it doesn’t lose much on the track, either. But is that really all it takes to call it a solid street bike?</p>

    
  
<h2>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet City Riding Experience</h2>

<p>The F77 SuperStreet has the same mechanical setup as the Mach 2. The brakes are great, but the suspension feels a bit too stiff for my weight, which is about 50kgs. That said, heavier riders might not face the same issue. You can also tweak the preload at both the front and rear. What really stands out, though, is the weight. It tips the scales at over 200 kilos, which makes it a lot heavier than most ICE street bikes that perform similarly. For lighter riders, just lifting it off the stand can be a task, and manoeuvring it through city traffic definitely isn’t as easy as riding a 160 – 170kgs ICE sports bike.</p>

<h2>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Comfort &amp; Touring Ability</h2>

<p>
I also found the seat to be a bit stiff, which could be a problem on longer rides. However, if you can swap it out for something more comfortable, I think the F77 SuperStreet could be a solid touring companion.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740138839983-hkx9-Ultraviolette-F77-SuperStreet-Recon-Stand-View.webp" alt="Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Recon-Stand-View.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>
Out on the open road, the weight of the bike isn’t really an issue. Plus, it’s also packed with some cool touring-friendly features, like three riding modes, 10 levels of regenerative braking, four levels of traction control, and dual-mode, dual-channel ABS to ensure that you ride the way you desire. Sure, you might miss out on a sweet exhaust growl, but the smooth, vibration-free ride, especially at speeds up to 155km/h, more than makes up for it. Plus, the money you save on fuel means that you’ll have more to spend on fun stuff during your trip.</p>







<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Recon</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> Permanent Magnet AC Motor </p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 10.3kWh</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 40.2bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 100Nm</p>
 
<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Electric</p> 

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹3.99 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>The F77 SuperStreet is now a step closer to EV perfection</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Comfortable riding position &amp; acceleration </p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Weight &amp; stiff suspension </p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet First Ride Review - Street Smart

The F77 SuperStreet may look similar to the Mach 2, but Ultraviolette claims it offers a completely different riding experience. We ride it to find out!

<p>
    TVS has finally stepped into the most competitive and fastest-growing motorcycle segment in India – adventure touring. With the all-new Apache RTX, the company isn’t merely testing the waters; it’s staging a full-scale assault on a battlefield ruled by heavyweights like the Royal Enfield Himalayan 450 and the Triumph Scrambler 400X.</p><p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/track-test/autox-awards-2024-royal-enfield-himalayan-450-performance-quality-and-value-for-money-ranked-118960/" target="_blank">Royal Enfield Himalayan 450 Performance, Quality and Value for Money Ranked</a></p><p>So, expectations, naturally, are immense – after all, the Apache name has a history of racing performance both on and off the tarmac. The RTX seems to be ready for the battle, with an impressive spec sheet, and a clear intent to challenge the class leaders. But as we discovered on the winding, weather-beaten roads of Himachal, designing a capable ADV is one thing, but building one that can dethrone established, character-rich icons, is quite another.</p>





<h2>TVS Apache RTX Design, Features &amp; Ergonomics</h2>

<p>The Apache RTX’s strongest weapon is, without doubt, its design. Here, TVS has absolutely nailed the brief. The bike exudes European sophistication and substantial road presence. In a segment where looking the part is half the war won, the RTX arrives fully armed. The front end commands attention with its high-mounted fender and sharp, twin-pod Class D LED headlamps, echoing design cues from premium adventure bikes like the Triumph Tiger. Some may call it derivative, but the execution feels cohesive and confident – in simple terms, it works. It has a big-bike aura that belies its price tag, further amplified by the muscular 12.5-litre fuel tank with crisp, modern lines flowing neatly into a slim, rally-style tail section.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Fuel-Tank-1763015501374.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Fuel-Tank.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The good news is that the RTX’s striking design doesn’t come at the cost of approachability. On paper, the 835mm seat height sounds daunting, especially for the average Indian rider, but TVS has sculpted the tank junction and the thin inseam brilliantly. At 5’6”, I could get both toes down comfortably enough to inspire confidence, whether navigating traffic or tackling tricky, uneven terrain. The riding triangle feels spot-on – upright, relaxed, and commanding. The bars fall naturally to hand, and the peg position strikes a comfortable middle ground for long rides. Stand-up ergonomics are equally natural, with the tank easy to grip between the knees, though taller riders may wish for slightly higher handlebars for a comfortable reach on technical off-road stretches.</p><p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/exclusive-stories/tvs-apache-rr-310-arrc-ride---mandalika-monster-121963/" target="_blank">TVS Apache RR 310 ARRC Ride - Mandalika Monster</a></p><p>It’s in terms of features, however, that the RTX truly throws down the gauntlet to its rivals. TVS has packed it to the brim, arguably creating the most feature-rich motorcycle in its class. The 5-inch colour TFT cluster takes centre stage, with a crisp, intuitive layout that automatically switches between day and night modes.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-start-stop-switch-1763015513953.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-start-stop-switch.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>It offers full connectivity with map mirroring, call alerts, and music control – functions that are genuinely useful for a touring machine. The map mirroring function is powered by Google Maps, and I was particularly impressed by its seamless pairing and lag-free interface. But that’s not the end of it. The RTX also gets cruise control, all-LED lighting, adjustable levers, a bi-directional quickshifter, and, crucially, switchable dual-channel ABS.</p>













<h2>TVS Apache RTX Engine Performance</h2>

<p>Powering the RTX is a new 299cc liquid-cooled DOHC single-cylinder engine, which produces a healthy 35.5bhp and 28.5Nm of torque. The engine is tractable, with a perfectly linear power delivery. In simpler terms, it’s predictable and, unfortunately, flat.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Engine-Close-Up-1763015493994.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Engine-Close-Up.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>This is where the RTX stumbles. The powertrain is, without a doubt, the bike's most significant compromise. For all its visual aggression and high-tech promises, it lacks the low-end grunt that’s critical for an adventure tourer – the kind that’s needed to pull it out of tough situations. The power surge hits post 4,000rpm, forcing you to work the six-speed gearbox incessantly to stay in the meat of the powerband.</p>







<p>Beyond the numbers, the engine simply lacks character. It’s functional but not fun – a mere tool to get the job done. It’s Clark Kent dressed as Superman without any abilities – all the right looks, none of the mettle. It doesn’t like to be pushed hard, but if you do it anyway, vibrations begin to creep in at higher RPM, moving from the pegs to the bars, gradually eroding the calm composure you expect on long rides and, inducing fatigue sooner than you’d like.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Motion-1763015485169.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>This fundamental character flaw is compounded by the 6-speed gearbox – despite featuring a bi-directional quickshifter, first and second gears feel a bit too short. This is impractical for both slow-speed off-roading and stop-and-go city traffic – you find yourself constantly shifting between first and third.</p>

<h2>TVS Apache RTX Ride &amp; Handling Review</h2>

<p>Where the engine disappoints, the chassis and suspension redeem some of the RTX's performance credentials. This is the bike’s saving grace, and arguably its strongest dynamic attribute, proving that TVS’s racing DNA and engineering finesse remain very much intact. Built around a sturdy steel trellis frame paired with a lightweight aluminium swingarm (a premium touch for this class), the RTX’s foundations are rock-solid. Suspension duties are handled by 41mm upside-down forks up front and a monoshock at the rear, each offering a generous 180mm of travel.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Motion3-1763015534452.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Motion3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>The best word to describe this setup? Balanced. TVS has nailed the tuning. It’s firm enough to encourage spirited riding on the road, letting you carve corners with precision and confidence, with no trace of the vague wallow that afflicts many adventure bikes. Yet, when the road disappears, it becomes surprisingly compliant, sailing over gravel and broken tarmac without unsettling the rider or transmitting harsh jolts through the spine. The composure it maintains over rough terrain belies its price point.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/bmw-f-450-gs-production-model-revealed-at-eicma-2025-with-new-420cc-twin-cylinder-engine-122091/" target="_blank">BMW F 450 GS Production Model Revealed at EICMA 2025</a></p><p>Complementing this chassis brilliance is a well-judged wheel setup – 19-inch at the front, and 17-inch at the rear, shod with 110/80 and 150/70 section tyres, respectively. It’s the perfect compromise – stable and sure-footed off-road, yet agile and responsive on tarmac. Combine that with its manageable 180kgs kerb weight, and you get a bike that feels planted, flickable, and, crucially, not a burden to lift if you drop it on the trail.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Motion2-1763015522313.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Motion2.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Unfortunately, the near-perfect dynamics were somewhat marred by teething issues on our pre-production test units. My particular bike suffered from inconsistent fuelling at low speeds and low RPM, resulting in a jerky, unpredictable throttle response. This made it difficult to fully test its capability in technical off-road situations where smooth throttle input is paramount. The gear indicator of my test unit also seemed confused, often displaying first gear even after multiple upshifts – a small but annoying glitch that detracts from the otherwise premium tech package. But rest assured, TVS has promised that these issues will be taken care of before the production version hits showrooms.</p>





<h2>TVS Apache RTX Review Verdict: Strengths, Weaknesses &amp; Rivals</h2>

<p>So, where does the TVS Apache RTX stand? It is, without doubt, a versatile motorcycle and a solid addition to the ADV segment. In many ways, it’s a frustratingly good package. TVS has nailed the hard parts – it looks superb, has a feature list that outclasses its rivals, and is equipped with a beautifully balanced suspension setup that makes it genuinely capable and comfortable across varied terrains. It’s a bike that feels equally at home commuting in the city as it does tackling slow, technical trails.</p><p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/triumph-scrambler-400x-first-ride-review-does-it-have-the-x-factor-to-makes-it-special-115075/" target="_blank">Triumph Scrambler 400X First Ride Review</a></p>

<p>Yet, for all its strengths, it’s ultimately held back by an average powertrain, and in this segment, average just doesn’t cut it. Winning this battle requires more than just good impressions. And that’s where the RTX struggles. Its rivals are valued because of their engines – the Himalayan for its torquey, tractable, and character-rich ‘Sherpa’ 450, and the Scrambler 400X for its refined, punchy, and surprisingly soulful 400cc single. Against these two, the RTX’s engine feels uninspiring, unrefined, and poorly geared, putting it at a significant disadvantage.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Taillight-1763015548393.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Taillight.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>TVS has built an exceptional foundation – one that deserves more soul. If the company can address the pre-production issues and, in a future update, add some much-needed low-end grunt and fix the gearing (like it managed with the 310 series), it could have a genuine segment leader. For now, though, the Apache RTX remains a deeply impressive first attempt, but its climb to the top of the adventure-touring mountain is still a steep one.
</p>



<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>TVS RTX 300 Adventure</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 299cc / Single-Cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 6-Speed</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 35.5bhp</p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 28.5Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹2.29 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>A versatile and stylish all-rounder that feels equally at home commuting, cruising long distances, and tackling light off-road trails.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
    <tbody>
        <tr>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
                    •&nbsp; Design, features, suspension</p>

            </td>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
                    • Engine lacks character &amp; grunt</p>
            </td>
        </tr>
    </tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>

TVS Apache RTX First Ride Review - Uphill Battle

Killer looks, a brilliant chassis, and a loaded feature list – but does the Apache RTX have what it takes to be the new segment leader?

<p>
    British royalty and its German connections are well known. But I’m not talking about the House of Windsor! I’m referring, in fact, to German stewardship of British automotive royalty - VW’s ownership of Bentley and BMW’s stewardship of Rolls-Royce.</p>

<p>It’s safe to say that both marques have probably never had more stability and access to resources throughout their storied histories as they do now. Moreover, it wouldn’t be an understatement to say that they continue to produce some of the most incredible cars in the world. But there’s another legendary British brand that’s thrived under BMW ownership, and that’s Mini.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2015/04/driven-mini-apr-2015-pic7.jpg" alt="" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>I drove the first resurrected Mini over two decades ago, and it’s a drive I’ll never forget because it was everything a modern-day Mini ought to have been. It was like nothing else on the road at the time - it had tons of character, was very well built (as you would expect from BMW) and, most important of all, it was incredibly fun to drive. That’s a trait that perhaps no one could have done better than BMW. Of course, we always knew they were masters of the rear-drive platform, but they proved, with Mini, that they also had the versatility to make a front-wheel drive car equally fun to drive. More importantly, it was small and light enough to enjoy throwing around while driving down to the shops. You didn’t need a racetrack or even a set of twisties to get the most out of a Mini, which was very much in keeping with the spirit of the original.</p>







<p>But, over the years, Minis have continued to get bigger, heavier and perhaps further removed from that original mantra (at least more so than I would have liked). But that’s simply the nature of things in the automotive world at present. As an automaker, if you want a bigger piece of the pie, you have to veer towards catering to a larger audience by making your cars bigger, softer and easier to drive. But does that mean Mini has become a victim of its own success - especially when it comes to a car like the Cooper S Convertible, which will always remain niche and never be mainstream? After all, this is a car that needs to feel special simply to justify its existence.</p>

<h2>Mini Cooper S Convertible Design and Interior: Quirky, Premium, and Familiar</h2>

<p>Well, in a word, yes! You can’t help but smile as you approach it. The Cooper S continues to look approachable, yet unique enough to stand out from the crowd.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mini-Cooper-S-Convertible-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1765436691283.webp" alt="Mini Cooper S Convertible-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p> And it’s even more special and quirky on the inside, while also being usable and practical. The cabin is clean and minimalist, whilst being of very good quality and unique. That textured dash seems to work much better on a Mini than a BMW. The central screen harks back to the speedo of old, except that this is a Samsung OLED screen that’s absolutely cutting-edge. You can even get the graphics to quite successfully mimic the gauges of the original Mini.</p><p>The Cooper S no longer has driving modes; it’s got ‘Experiences.’ And in go-kart mode - or in the ‘Go-Kart Experience’ I should say - the display changes to a new-age driver-focused graphic, the throttle response sharpens, the exhaust valves open, and the Cooper S gets ready to embrace its fun-to-drive roots.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mini-Cooper-S-Convertible-steering-wheel-1765436670385.webp" alt="Mini Cooper S Convertible-steering-wheel.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Through the sound system, the car even goes “Woo Hoo,” to express its excitement at what’s to come - a bit like a dog that sees its leash. Although I have to say it’s far cuter when it comes to the latter. In the Mini, it just seems like it’s trying a tad too hard.</p>







<h2>Mini Cooper S Convertible Driving Experience: Fun First, Flaws Included</h2>

<p>Well, that sense of it trying too hard actually comes through the first time you put your hands on the steering wheel - or I should say when you unsuccessfully attempt to wrap your fingers around the rim of the steering wheel but fail miserably because it’s just too thick. For some reason, BMW feels that thick-rimmed steering wheels denote sportiness. But the real trouble with the steering is that it’s totally uncommunicative. There’s simply no road feel or texture that comes through it at all.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mini-Cooper-S-Convertible-side-profile-dynamic-1765436819833.webp" alt="Mini Cooper S Convertible-side-profile-dynamic.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Fortunately, things get a lot better when it comes to the drivetrain and chassis. The 2.0-litre, four-cylinder turbocharged petrol engine is responsive, fast even, and the chassis has tremendous grip and road-holding capability. It does have some turbo lag, but if you have the top down, that just adds to the experience because the first thing you hear when you stomp on the accelerator pedal is the turbo spooling and the wastegate vanquishing extra boost before the Cooper S shoots forward. The front wheels scramble somewhat to overcome torque steer, but again, that’s good because it involves you in the driving experience. The Mini quickly settles down, before responding to your inputs quickly and diligently - all of which is accompanied by a thrummy engine and deep exhaust note, both of which serve to involve you that much more.</p><p>Add to that the wind in your hair and the trees rushing past your overhead peripheral vision, and you suddenly realise what this car is all about. It’s not necessarily about getting from point A to B but about doing so in the more entertaining way possible - while not only putting a smile on your face, but also on that of all the passersby who get a glimpse of you as you enjoy your Sunday drive.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mini-Cooper-S-Convertible-Rear-Seat-Space-1765436808309.webp" alt="Mini Cooper S Convertible-Rear-Seat-Space.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>













<p>Sure, it’s not as analogue as it used to be or as I would like - but nothing is these days! However, that’s not to take away from the fact that it’s entertaining and individualistic all the same. It may not be a pure driver’s car, but it is the perfect ‘getaway’ car - to get away from your mundane everyday life, that is. This remains the perfect conduit to go from the greyscale of reality into the kaleidoscope of escapism. There’s very little else that feels as much of an occasion as jumping into the driver’s seat of a Cooper S Convertible.</p>

<h2>Mini Cooper S Convertible Review Verdict: A Car That Exists to Make You Smile</h2>

<p>Here’s where this Mini strengthens its case. BMW claims that they’ve sold over 1,000 Mini convertibles in India, so it may not be as niche as you’d think. Also, strangely, convertibles tend to hold their value better in our market than other cars. The Cooper S also has four seats, although even your six-year-old would struggle to spend the day in the back seat. It does, however, have a 200-litre boot, so it is more practical than you’d imagine. It’s also quite comfortable to drive every day if you so choose.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mini-Cooper-S-Convertible-Top-1765436663083.webp" alt="Mini Cooper S Convertible-Top.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>But if it’s a driver’s car that you want, you may want to wait for the JCW pack. After all, the Cooper S doesn’t even get shift paddles, nor does it have a gear lever. So, if you do want to change gears manually, you’ll have to opt for the John Cooper Works edition. If it’s simply a Sunday car that you’re looking for, one that isn’t a boy racer but still puts a smile on your face, then this is the perfect car for you.</p>





<p>What I can assure you is that you’ll smile every time you get behind the wheel, and that’s quite a difficult trait to quantify. So, forget the numbers, just put the top down (hope like crazy that the air quality is acceptable) and enjoy the momentary escape from your everyday life, and just revel in the wind in your hair and the turbo whoosh in your ears.</p><iframe width="1425" height="500" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/dgQh-W4KJFA" title="Mini Cooper S Convertible Review | The Perfect Sunday Car? | autoX" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen=""></iframe>



<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Mini Cooper S Convertible </strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,998cc Inline-4</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 7-Speed DCT FWD</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 201bhp</p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 300Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> TBA</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>Every drive is an occasion. The Cooper S Convertible is as much fun to pilot everyday as it is for a Sunday jaunt.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
    <tbody>
        <tr>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
                    •&nbsp; Puts a smile on your face, more practical than you’d think</p>

            </td>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
                    • Totally lifeless steering, no gear shift paddles</p>
            </td>
        </tr>
    </tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>

Mini Cooper S Convertible First Drive Review - Getaway

It’s pretty evident that the Mini Cooper S Convertible is the perfect Sunday car, but does it still put a smile on your face from behind the wheel?

<p>
The EV transition in the Indian market has been an interesting shift to track. In practical terms, the mainstream momentum was driven by the Tata Nexon EV, which offered customers an affordable entry into the world of EVs – a trend reflected in its sales numbers. Despite its success, most players in the mass-market segment remained hesitant – some were held back by the time required to develop an EV for India, while others were uncertain about the success of mass-market EVs in India.</p>

<p>All this, however, changed with the success of the MG Windsor, effectively dispelling doubts and uncertainty surrounding mass-market EVs in India. The result? Well, manufacturers who once waited on the sidelines are now either launching affordable EVs or have a clear roadmap to do so.</p>

      
    
      
    
<p>It’s not surprising, then, that India’s largest automotive manufacturer, Maruti Suzuki, too, is all set to enter the EV segment, with the soon-to-be-launched e Vitara. Interestingly, we drove the e Vitara in the UK, but it’s actually produced exclusively in India and exported worldwide, including to Japan. So, how does Maruti Suzuki’s very first EV come across in our initial evaluation?</p>

<h2>e Vitara Design Review: Conservative Yet Distinctive SUV Styling </h2>

<p>In terms of styling, the e Vitara carves out a distinct identity within the Maruti Suzuki lineup, even though it clearly borrows styling cues from other products in the range. The first thing you’ll notice about the SUV is its butch stance with squared-off arches and large 18-inch wheels. Both front and rear designs are unique and well-executed.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-e-Vitara-Rear-Three-Quarter-1765371453720.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e Vitara-Rear-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>
  One detail that immediately catches the eye is the unusually high shoulder line. As a result, the glasshouse is fairly small compared to its rivals – a design choice with both aesthetic and functional implications, and one I’ll return to later.</p>



      
    
      
    
<p>Inside, the cabin also exudes a blend of familiarity and novelty. There are many unique touches here, but a few components come from the Maruti Suzuki parts bin, which is quite expected from a mass-market car produced by a large manufacturer. The space management is simply brilliant here, which makes the cabin feel very spacious. The front seats are very comfortable, although the driver’s seat feels a bit too high, even at its lowest setting.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-e-Vitara-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1765371458017.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e Vitara-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>Some of the new elements in the cabin are genuinely impressive. For instance, the new steering wheel looks premium and feels solid to hold, while the new centre console, featuring a new shift knob, works excellently. In terms of features, the e Vitara will be the brand’s second model to feature Level 2 ADAS and seven airbags – both of which are expected to be offered in the India-spec version.</p>

<h2>e Vitara Battery, Range &amp; Performance: What to Expect</h2>

<p>The e Vitara we drove was equipped with the larger 61kWh battery pack; a 49kWh version will also be offered upon its launch in India. Maruti Suzuki claims a range of 424.8km for the larger battery pack. The UK-spec version of the e Vitara, with the larger battery, produces 174bhp and 193Nm of torque and has a claimed 0 – 100km/h time of 8.7 seconds. Now, on paper, these numbers may seem modest, especially in a market obsessed with insane torque and power figures, but our time with the SUV told a different story.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-e-Vitara-Front-Three-Quarter-1765371435136.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e Vitara-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>On British B-roads, the e Vitara was genuinely usable, with linear acceleration that felt strong. The Sport mode noticeably sharpens the throttle response, while the ECO mode reins things in for better range. On smooth British roads, the suspension felt very well set up, and the ride quality was excellent. I’m sure the company will retune the suspension for Indian roads. And given the ride quality of recent Maruti Suzuki models, I’m certain its engineers will do a fine job.</p>

      
    
      
    


<p>Given the limited time we had with the car, we couldn’t explore its handling in any meaningful way. We did, however, get enough time to get an idea of its real-world range, which should be 350 – 360km on a single charge – enough for the needs of urban commuters.</p><h2>e Vitara Expected Price and Rivals in India</h2>

<p>The larger question now revolves around the e Vitara’s positioning and pricing. I think it’ll most likely be positioned against the Windsor and Nexon. If the manufacturer manages to price it competitively, the wide appeal of the Maruti Suzuki brand could give it a significant sales advantage. And with its launch scheduled around the corner, we won’t have to wait much longer for answers.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-e-Vitara-gear-lever-1765371439971.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e Vitara-gear-lever.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>



<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> Single Motor FWD</p>

<p><strong>Battery:</strong> 61kWh</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 174bhp</p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 194Nm</p>

<p><strong>Range:</strong> 424.8km (WLTP)</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> TBD</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>Maruti Suzuki’s first EV – a watershed moment for mainstream electric mobility in India.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Spacious, good range, ride quality</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Seating position</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>

Maruti Suzuki e Vitara First Drive Review - Making the EV Leap

Maruti Suzuki is all set to enter the mass market EV segment with the e VITARA. We take a quick look at the UK-spec version ahead of its launch in India. 

<p>
    The launch of the Mahindra XEV 9e was a pivotal moment for the Indian EV landscape. It wasn’t just about Mahindra showcasing ambition as a manufacturer but also about Indian consumers getting an EV that was affordable, futuristic, and realistically usable as an everyday vehicle. That said, for many customers, the coupe-like roofline of the 9e meant compromised practicality. Nevertheless, as the sales figures clearly show, the 9e is definitely a hit.</p>

<p>The success of the 9e naturally opens the door for Mahindra to use the same platform and package to appeal to an even wider audience – and this is where the XEV 9S comes in. You see, unlike the aggressive styling of the 9e, the 9S’ design is much more conventional, which means more space, better practicality, and even three rows of seating. But the real question is simple – does the 9S make sense for Indian buyers? Well, we drove it briefly in Bangalore to find out just that.</p>

<h2>Mahindra XEV 9S Design: What’s New Compared to the XEV 9e?</h2>

<p>At first glance, the 9S' design may seem a bit confusing. You see, while Mahindra has given it a new face, it also carries many of Mahindra's style traits. Up front, a full-width unibrow-style DRL sets the tone, while headlights are vertically stacked on either side. Of course, there’s no grille per se, but you do get the vertical lines that are quickly becoming a Mahindra signature.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra_XEV_9S_Review_Left_Side_Profile_autoX-1765772165594.webp" alt="Mahindra_XEV_9S_Review_Left_Side_Profile_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>In profile, you get more design elements that are typically Mahindra – flush door handles and a strong shoulder line over the rear wheel arch, which is quite similar to that on the XUV700 and reinforces the family DNA. The 18-inch aerodynamically designed wheels, however, seem a bit boring to me – either a larger size or a more aggressive design would’ve looked much better. The rear end of the 9S is also somewhat similar to that of the XUV700, which is not a bad thing. Overall, I think the Mahindra design team has done a good job with the exterior styling. The 9S does resemble the XUV700 in places, but it still manages to carve out its own identity.</p>







<h2>Mahindra XEV 9S Interior Review: Screens, Features, Comfort &amp; Practicality</h2>

<p>The real change, however, is inside.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra-XEV-9S-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1765368528566.webp" alt="Mahindra XEV 9S-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The 9S now features a three-screen dash layout – an instrument cluster, a main touchscreen, and a dedicated passenger screen. And believe me, it looks really futuristic. Physical control buttons are minimal, though oddly, the central touchscreen’s brightness feels inadequate even at max settings – Mahindra says that they are already working on it.</p><p>As expected of a modern Mahindra, the 9S comes loaded with features, including a massive panoramic sunroof, a host of Level 2 ADAS features, an immersive audio system, and a whole lot more.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra-XEV-9S-Sunroof-top-1765368520507.webp" alt="Mahindra XEV 9S-Sunroof-top.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The overall interior quality is excellent, and all surfaces and controls feel very premium to touch and use. The first and second-row seats are extremely comfortable, and depending on the variant, you get ventilated seats in both rows, along with recline and slide options for the second row. There’s even a control in the second row to change the settings of the front passenger seat to increase your legroom when needed.</p><p>The 9S is the first SUV in the segment to offer a third row of seating; however, the space here is rather limited, and the floor is high, which forces you to sit in a knees-up position.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra_XEV_9S_Review_Left_Side_Profile_3rd_Row_Seat_autoX.jpg-1765772198417.webp" alt="Mahindra_XEV_9S_Review_Left_Side_Profile_3rd_Row_Seat_autoX.jpg.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>In short, adults simply won’t be comfortable here – this row is strictly for children. With all three rows up, the boot space is limited as well, but the frunk adds meaningful usability and can accommodate a few soft bags. That said, folding the third row gives you a pretty large, practical boot space.</p>













<h2>Mahindra XEV 9S Performance Review: Real-World Drive, Power &amp; Ride Quality</h2>

<p>Finally, we come to what is, for me, the most important aspect of any car – the driving experience. Since the 9S is based on Mahindra’s Inglo platform, which we’ve already experienced, we know most of the fundamentals. The 9S will be available with three battery options – 59kWh, 70kWh, and 79kWh. The range-topping version we tested produces 282bhp and 380Nm and claims to do the 0 – 100km/h sprint in just seven seconds.</p><p>On the road, the 9S’ acceleration is pretty linear but rapid, making triple-digit speeds effortless.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra_XEV_9S_Review_Left_Side_Front_Left_Quarter_Dynamic_autoX.jpg-1765772227746.webp" alt="Mahindra_XEV_9S_Review_Left_Side_Front_Left_Quarter_Dynamic_autoX.jpg.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>There are several driving modes, allowing you to customise the powerplant response to your preference. The steering is also fairly linear and reasonably direct, which adds to the overall driving experience. It also has steering modes.</p>







<p>Now, we drove a pre-production car, and one issue stood out. The adaptive suspension clearly needs more work, for on certain stretches, the car felt wallowy and out of place in a straight line, which is quite unusual. Cornering, even at high speeds, was not a problem, but straight-line undulations significantly upset the suspension. Mahindra’s engineering team acknowledged this and assured us it would be resolved before production models roll out.</p>

<h2>Mahindra XEV 9S Verdict: Pricing, Range &amp; Should You Buy One?</h2>

<p>Honestly, the 9S has a lot working in its favour. It looks pretty good – perhaps a bit conservative, but appealing nevertheless – and offers a high degree of practicality, thanks to the spacious interior, which directly addresses the 9e’s issue regarding limited rear seat space. Quality levels are excellent, and the feature list is exhaustive – in fact, I can’t think of a feature it lacks.</p><p>The driving range is practical, too. While Mahindra claims that the 79kWh version offers 679km (MIDC) on a single charge, I suspect the real-life range will be around 500km, which is more than enough for most urban commuters.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra-XEV-9S-Rear-Static-1765368510548.webp" alt="Mahindra XEV 9S-Rear-Static.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    





<p>And then there’s the pricing. With an ex-showroom price range of ₹19.95 – 29.45 lakh, the 9S positions itself competitively, especially for a three-row SUV of its size. It ticks more or less all the boxes.</p>

<div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">Personally, I think it’s a really strong package, but how well Indian customers respond to this new offering from Mahindra is something only time will tell.
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra-XEV-9S-Rear-Camera-1765368499203.webp" alt="Mahindra XEV 9S-Rear-Camera.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    



<p>`[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Mahindra XEV 9S</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> Single Motor RWD</p>

<p><strong>Battery:</strong> 79kWh</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 282bhp</p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 380Nm</p>

<p><strong>Range:</strong> 679km (MIDC)</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹29.45 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>Mahindra’s new flagship SUV offers it all – space, features, quality, range.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
    <tbody>
        <tr>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
                    •&nbsp; Space, quality</p>

            </td>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
                    • Small boot space with 3rd row in use</p>
            </td>
        </tr>
    </tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>

Mahindra XEV 9S First Drive Review - Mass Appeal

With the success of the XEV 9e, Mahindra is looking to take the fight further with its more conventional XEV 9S. We drive it to see how it fares in the real world.

<p>
We’ve waited long enough for the new-generation Skoda Kodiaq to finally make its way to India. The Kodiaq has always been the thinking person’s luxury SUV, offering a European luxury car feel at a more accessible price point, executed in typical Skoda fashion – balancing practicality with a solid driving experience. But how much of it remains in this new version?</p>

<h2>New Skoda Kodiaq Design &amp; Dimensions</h2>

<p>The latest Skoda Kodiaq definitely takes a more extroverted approach, while still exuding a premium appeal. Though it’s unmistakably a Kodiaq, the wider grille, along with the light bar in this L&amp;K version, gives it a distinctive edge. The tiered lighting is now more prominent, and when driving at night, it’s about as effective as one would like it to be.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Skoda-Kodiaq-Front-Three-Quarter-1747312505417.webp" alt="Skoda Kodiaq-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>This more aggressive look of the new Kodiaq is enhanced by its sharper design. The bonnet and bumpers are more angular and pronounced, not just for aesthetics but also for practical aspects – the drag coefficient has gone down from 0.33 to 0.28, adding to the efficiency of the SUV.</p>

    
  
    
  
    
  


<p>In terms of size, the only dimensional change is that the Kodiaq is now 59mm longer. The side profile now has a longer silhouette, with a neat kink under the D-pillar. The 18-inch wheels remain unchanged, though they continue to be well-proportioned. However, we do miss a more traditional alloy design; the current aero-style wheels are chosen primarily for efficiency.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/04/1744865773852-1buf-Skoda-Kodiaq-rear.webp" alt="Skoda-Kodiaq-rear.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>At the rear, the Kodiaq’s familiar design continues but with some updates – a sharply angled windscreen and sculpted bodywork make it sportier. The lighting, too, adopts a more prominent version of Skoda’s signature C-motifs, although you won’t find the full-width setup seen in some rivals.</p><p>A benefit of the extended length is an addition to the boot space. With all three rows up, capacity has grown by 11 litres, now offering 281 litres of space.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Skoda_Kodiaq_Boot_Space_Review_autoX-1764912249231.webp" alt="Skoda_Kodiaq_Boot_Space_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>Fold the third row, and this expands to a generous 786 litres – 21 litres more than before. Despite the manual folding mechanisms for the second and third rows, accessing all this space is easy enough, especially with the pull-tabs for the second row in the boot, which allow you to create 1,976 litres of space.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>New Kodiaq Interior Quality &amp; Space</h2>

<p>Inside, the new Kodiaq exhibits a more substantial departure from its predecessor. The dual-cockpit theme stands out, and at first glance, it feels considerably more upmarket than the simpler design of the earlier model.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Skoda-Kodiaq-steering-wheel-1747312436985.webp" alt="Skoda Kodiaq-steering-wheel.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The tan leather on the dash, is a massive upgrade, and most surfaces have a soft, premium feel to them. The more intricate air vents and the floating effect of the door handles make the interior feel even more premium. What hasn’t been compromised, however, are the thoughtful touches Skoda calls their ‘Simply Clever’ features. One standout feature are the configurable dials. These rotary controls serve multiple functions, managing climate, seat, and drive modes, offering a far more intuitive and easier to use alternative to touch-based interfaces.</p><p>Another practical addition is the new central tunnel. With Skoda shifting to a column-mounted gearshifter, the Kodiaq’s cabin feels more spacious and less cluttered, even though the overall space remains unchanged from the previous model.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Skoda-Kodiaq-instrument-cluster-1747312483089.webp" alt="Skoda Kodiaq-instrument-cluster.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

    
  
    
  


<p>The switch to the updated MQB platform also brings new electronic architecture – the car now gets a 13-inch touchscreen and a 10.25-inch driver’s display. The touchscreen supports seamless wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, along with built-in navigation.</p>

<p>In the second row, while the changes aren’t massive, there’s a greater sense of space and comfort. The door protectors remain, as do the three-zone climate control, large panoramic sunroof, and window blinds.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Skoda_Kodiaq_3rd_Row_Seats_Review_autoX-1764912316469.webp" alt="Skoda_Kodiaq_3rd_Row_Seats_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div><p>
    The third row has also received attention, with 15mm of extra headroom, but the experience remains much the same as in the previous Kodiaq. It’s still best suited for children – most adults will find it tough to sit here for long periods. As a result, the third row should be used only by children or for short journeys. In fact, the massive boot space you get when the third row is folded is much more practical.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>2025 Kodiaq Features &amp; Safety</h2>

<p>Like before, the Kodiaq comes generously equipped. Highlights include matrix LED headlamps, automatic headlights and wipers, powered front seats with heating, ventilation, and massage functions, three-zone climate control, a panoramic sunroof, and rear window blinds.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Skoda-Kodiaq-Sunroof-top-1747312575734.webp" alt="Skoda Kodiaq-Sunroof-top.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div><p>Safety features continue to impress with nine airbags – though now, a centre airbag replaces the driver’s knee airbag. The Kodiaq retains its 5-star Euro NCAP rating, but, ADAS is missing from the India-spec version.</p><h2>New Kodiaq Engine, Power &amp; Driving Experience</h2>

<p>From behind the wheel, the experience doesn’t feel drastically different at first. It’s easy to find a comfortable driving position, the SUV feels smaller than its size when manoeuvring, and the seats are very comfortable. The 2.0-litre turbo-petrol engine, now producing 201bhp, is a significant upgrade.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Skoda-Kodiaq-Motion-1747312428683.webp" alt="Skoda Kodiaq-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>It continues to make 320Nm of torque and is paired with a seven-speed DCT, but its drivability is remarkably better. This sense of improved response carries through the rev range, where a linear surge of power makes acceleration feel more intuitive. As before, performance ramps up significantly past 4,000rpm, but it’s now accompanied by a more engaging rasp from the engine.</p>

    
  
    
  


<p>The new Kodiaq rides much like its predecessor. On smooth roads, it glides along with a composed presence that delivers a genuine luxury car experience. However, over broken and uneven roads, the suspension becomes quite noisy, and at low speeds, sharp bumps can filter into the cabin. As before, though, the ride improves noticeably as speeds rise. The Kodiaq settles into a confident, comfortable pace that makes rear-seat travel particularly soothing.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/1748777603750-42rg-Skoda-Kodiaq-04.webp" alt="Skoda Kodiaq rear driving.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>Despite the removal of the adaptive damping system in this update, the Kodiaq maintains good ride quality over most surfaces at higher speeds. That said, when pushed hard, its mass does begin to show. In tighter corners, it rolls and runs wide, but keep your speed and inputs measured, and the Kodiaq will flow along a winding road with decent agility and a touch of engagement.</p>

<p>The steering contributes positively to this experience – it’s light enough to make city driving feel easy, yet precise enough at higher speeds to inspire confidence, giving you a sense of control. Also worth noting is the improvement to the braking feel: gone is the abrupt pedal response seen in earlier Skodas. Braking now feels more progressive, allowing you to modulate the brakes better.</p>

<h2>2025 Skoda Kodiaq Price &amp; Verdict: Is It Worth the Premium?</h2>

<p>Priced at ₹48.69 lakh for this L&amp;K version, the new Kodiaq picks up right where the previous model left off. It has gotten significantly more expensive, and while the infotainment screen could be more intuitive and some plastic bits don’t feel as premium as before, the overall cabin feels more special nonetheless. The smoother, more refined engine and well-sorted dynamics continue to make this a genuine luxury experience, without a luxury price tag.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Skoda-Kodiaq-1-1747312590236.webp" alt="Skoda Kodiaq-1.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Skoda Kodiaq L&amp;K</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,984cc 4-Cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 7-Speed DSG AWD</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 201bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 320Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>
 
<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹48.69 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>If you’re looking for a fun-to-drive three-row, premium SUV, nothing beats the Kodiaq!</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Premium interiors, fun to drive</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• A compromised third row</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


Skoda Kodiaq First Drive Review - Setting a Benchmark

With the launch of the second-gen Kodiaq, Skoda brings Indian buyers a fresh contender in the three-row SUV space. But is it worth it?

<p>
I have a long history with the Volkswagen Tiguan. It’s a car that I’ve admired over the years and driven extensively. In fact, over the past six years or so, I’ve spent considerable time behind the wheel of at least four variations of the Tiguan. It wouldn’t be an exaggeration to say that I might have driven the Tiguan more extensively than anyone else in India. So, when the brand-new generation of the SUV that I truly love driving arrived, I was quite eager to find out what all had changed. Here’s what I think of the new Tiguan, and whether it’s worth your money or not.</p>

<h2>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Interior Review – Screens, Tech &amp; Quality</h2>

<p>The interior of the Tiguan is all-new, with a massive infotainment touchscreen in the centre of the dashboard, giving it a far more luxurious feel compared to the previous generation.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1752818840078.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The display features configurable shortcut buttons along the top and bottom, and the large central home screen displays the sat nav, music, and other important information. It’s fast, responsive and has bright, clear graphics. However, you still get Volkswagen’s unintuitive touch-sensitive sliders for climate control. On the plus side, there is an excellent digital instrument display as standard, now larger than the one in the previous model. It wouldn’t be a stretch to say that the new Tiguan has one of the most modern, high-tech cabins in the mid-sized SUV segment.</p><p>While the old Tiguan’s simple Teutonic design had its appeal, it was starting to look dated. The new model addresses that with sleek LED headlights that merge into a full-width black panel, giving the front a fresh new look.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Rear-view-1747374820060.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-Rear-view.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>At the rear, a similar light panel runs along the boot lid. Overall, especially in the brighter colour options, paired with the 19-inch wheels, the new Tiguan looks refreshing and quite attractive. The prominent headlights and taillights give it an imposing presence on the road.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Driving Experience – Ride, Refinement &amp; Handling</h2>

<p>Behind the wheel, the Tiguan is quiet, comfortable, and refined to drive, both in the city and on the highway. The suspension is well-tuned and soaks up big bumps with ease while keeping the car stable and composed. This makes the Tiguan a great car for daily driving, but the light steering and refined suspension mean that it’s not the most exciting car on twisty roads, even with its sportiest setting.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-side-profile-dynamic-1747374034112.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-side-profile-dynamic.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

    
  
    
  


<p>The Tiguan strikes a sweet spot in terms of dimensions – it’s big enough to offer a spacious interior, yet compact enough to remain easy and unintimidating to drive in urban settings. Visibility is pretty good, and the high seating position gives you a commanding view of the road ahead.</p>

<p>Its light steering makes tight manoeuvres effortless, so much so that it makes you almost forget that you’re driving a practical SUV.</p><p>The suspension is well-tuned too – if you hit a big speed bump, it doesn’t send a harsh jolt through the cabin and settles down quickly. That said, there is a slightly firm edge to it, which means that sharper imperfections, such as potholes, are quite noticeable.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Rear-Three-Quarter-1747374552787.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-Rear-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

    
  
    
  
  


<p>On the highway, the Tiguan’s comfort and refinement continue to impress. It remains quiet at higher speeds, and the suspension deals with most road irregularities with ease, although a bit of road noise does filter in.</p>

<p>As with most cars that prioritise comfort and refinement, you have to make some sacrifices in terms of having fun on twisty roads. The tyres offer decent grip, but the steering is quite light and lacks feedback, which somewhat knocks your confidence, meaning you have to hold back a bit.</p><p>Switching the Tiguan to Sport mode makes the throttle more responsive, and the gearbox becomes more willing to downshift when you accelerate.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-start-stop-switch-1752818886074.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-start-stop-switch.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>Once you get in the groove, it shifts up and down quickly, responding to your inputs far better than in the standard setting. That said, the experience still feels a bit synthetic and lacks the fun of spirited driving.</p>

    
  
    
    


<h2>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Space, Seating &amp; Boot Capacity Explained</h2>

<p>The Tiguan is a pretty large car, so it’s no surprise that the front seats feel expansive. There are loads of adjustments for both the seats and the steering wheel, making it easy for drivers of all shapes and sizes to find a comfortable driving position.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Volkswagen_Tugian_R-Line_Front_Seats_Review_autoX-1764747430127.webp" alt="Volkswagen_Tugian_R-Line_Front_Seats_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Since we get the R-Line version in India, the sports seats are absolutely fantastic, with impressive lumbar and side support – they are really very comfortable. However, they lack electric adjustment, which might be a drawback for some customers. Another notable omission is keyless entry and exit – a feature I personally value and find frustrating to do without.</p><p>In the rear, the Tiguan offers impressive space, befitting a family SUV. Two six-footers can easily sit behind front passengers of similar height, with plenty of knee and headroom for both. The rear bench is quite flat, and the centre seat is relatively wide, so a third passenger can ride in reasonable comfort as well.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Rear-Space-1747374590229.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-Rear-Space.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

    
  
    
  


<p>With 652 litres of boot space, the new Tiguan offers one of the largest boots in a two-row SUV. It’s not just big but also quite practical. There’s no load lip between the boot opening and the floor, so you don’t have to hoist items into it. The rear seats fold completely flat, allowing you to slide items all the way in without any obstruction.</p>

<h2>Tiguan R-Line Features &amp; Cabin Quality – Touchscreen, Materials &amp; Tech</h2>

<p>The new Tiguan’s interior has undergone a thorough transformation, and the centrepiece is a 12.9-inch touchscreen infotainment display, now standard across the range. It controls all of the car’s major functions and marks a significant upgrade over the previous generation model.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/03/1742897697837-jrt1-Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Rear-Interior.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Rear Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>The new system software feels much closer to modern smartphones, with features like multiple home screens, configurable shortcuts and widgets, and gestures such as press-and-hold for adjustments. Climate controls have been moved to a slim bar at the bottom of the display, and just below it are touch-sensitive sliders for volume and temperature. While this setup is slightly better executed than in some other VW models, it still takes time to get used to and isn’t the most intuitive.</p>

<p>That said, the interior quality is excellent throughout – it’s certainly a cut above a lot of SUVs in this price range.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Steering-Controls-1747374119426.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-Steering-Controls.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>Soft-touch plastics and solid build quality give the cabin a premium feel, and everything feels well put together. But if you start poking around, you’ll find a few hard plastic bits, like on the lower part of the centre console and the rear door cards.</p>

<h2>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Verdict – Price, Value &amp; Should You Buy It?</h2>

<p>As someone who has been a fan of the Tiguan since it was launched in India back in 2018, I’d say that the latest version is a massive upgrade and a worthy one. Sure, the price has considerably increased – it’s now a CBU import rather than being assembled locally in India  – but the quality, driving appeal, and overall feel of the car have also seen a massive improvement, which easily justifies its increased price. That said, it’s the new interior, in particular, that makes it feel like a true luxury SUV now.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-1752818101552.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>Sure, it isn’t cheap, but at this price point, it is nigh on impossible to find an SUV that drives better. That’s why I’m thinking of requesting VW India for another long-term Tiguan as soon as possible.
</p>




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,984cc 4-cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 7-Speed DSG AWD</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 201bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 320Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>
 
<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹49 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>If you’re looking for a great fun-to-drive SUV under ₹50 lakh, the Tiguan is your answer!</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Luxurious interior, fun to drive</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Not cheap, lacks some features</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Review - Fun in an SUV!

The Tiguan makes a comeback in a brand new avatar. Our in-house Tiguan expert takes it for a spin to find out what it offers.  

<p>Maruti Suzuki has announced a historic achievement as the cumulative production of the Wagon R in India has officially crossed the 35 lakh (3.5 million) unit mark. This significant milestone, reached in December 2025, highlights the hatchback’s 25-year legacy as a cornerstone of the Indian automotive market. Originally launched in December 1999, the Wagon R has evolved through three generations, consistently adapting to the needs of Indian families while maintaining its iconic “tall-boy” design. Currently manufactured at Maruti Suzuki’s facilities in Gurgaon and Manesar, Haryana, the car has built an emotional connection with millions of buyers. With this production feat, the Wagon R now joins an elite club alongside the Maruti Suzuki Alto and Swift, becoming one of the few nameplates in the country to achieve such high-volume domestic production.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/maruti-suzuki-wagonr-gets-swivel-seat-option-for-easier-entry-and-exit-122494/">Maruti Suzuki WagonR Gets Swivel Seat Option for Easier Entry and Exit</a></p><p>Beyond India, the Wagon R has established a formidable global presence. In August 2025, cumulative global sales for the model surpassed 1 crore (10 million) units, underlining its international appeal. While India remains its primary hub for production and sales, the model is also manufactured in Japan, Hungary and Indonesia. Today, the Wagon R is exported to over 75 markets worldwide, showcasing the success of the “Make in India” initiative on a global stage.</p><p>The Wagon R has seen a steady transformation since its debut. While the first generation relied on a 1.0-litre engine, the second generation in 2010 introduced modern design and suspension tweaks. The current third-generation model, launched in 2019, is built on the advanced fifth-generation HEARTECT platform. This platform provides a stronger, safer and more spacious structure, ensuring the car remains compliant with modern safety and emission standards.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/maruti-suzuki-victoris-named-indian-car-of-the-year-2026-skoda-kylaq-mahindra-xev-9e-runners-up-122499/">Maruti Suzuki Victoris Named Indian Car of the Year 2026</a></p><p>The 2025 Maruti Suzuki Wagon R comes equipped with comprehensive safety features, including six airbags as standard, ABS with EBD, and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) on select trims. Buyers can choose between a 1.0-litre or 1.2-litre K-Series petrol engine, with the popular S-CNG option available for those seeking lower running costs. With prices ranging from Rs 4.99 lakh to Rs 6.95 lakh (ex-showroom), the Wagon R remains one of the most accessible and feature-packed hatchbacks in India.</p>

Maruti Suzuki Wagon R Achieves 35 Lakh Production Milestone in India

Maruti Suzuki Wagon R crosses 35 lakh units in India. The hatchback continues to be built locally and sold in over 75 global markets.

<p>Tata Motors has begun accepting bookings for the Sierra SUV, and the&nbsp;response has drawn attention across the midsize SUV space. The company confirmed that more than 70,000 bookings were recorded within the first 24 hours after bookings opened on 16 December 2025. Alongside this, nearly 1.35 lakh customers submitted their preferred configurations and are waiting for final allocation. Bookings were accepted through Tata Motors dealerships and the official online platform, with a booking amount of Rs 21,000. For Tata, these first-day numbers signal strong market interest as the Sierra returns as a modern SUV.  Tata Motors has confirmed that bookings remain open across India while preparations for deliveries continue.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/tata-sierra-prices-for-top-spec-accomplished-and-accomplished-variants-revealed-details-inside-122461/">Tata Sierra Prices for Top-Spec Accomplished and Accomplished+ Variants Revealed: Details Inside</a></p><p>Diesel variants of the SUV accounted for over 50 per cent of the total bookings. This trend mirrors wider buying behaviour in the midsize SUV segment, where diesel engines continue to attract buyers. Rivals such as the Hyundai Creta, Kia Seltos, and Tata Curvv continue to offer diesel powertrains that see steady demand. Diesel automatic variants, in particular, remain popular for segment leaders like the Creta, showing that buyers still prioritise fuel choice alongside transmission convenience.</p><p>The Tata Sierra is offered with three engine options, each tuned for different usage needs. The 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol engine produces 106bhp, while the 1.5-litre turbo-petrol unit delivers 160bhp. The 1.5-litre diesel engine, on the other hand, develops 116bhp. These power outputs position the Sierra alongside other midsize SUVs, offering a choice between petrol and diesel with varying performance levels.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Tata-Sierra-SUV-1764062881397.webp" alt="Tata Sierra SUV.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The Sierra lineup is divided into seven variants: Smart Plus, Pure, Pure Plus, Adventure, Adventure Plus, Accomplished, and Accomplished Plus. Prices start at Rs 11.49 lakh and go up to Rs 21.29 lakh (ex-showroom). Tata Motors has structured the range to cater to different budgets and feature requirements. Customers can place bookings either at authorised dealerships or through Tata Motors’ online sales portal.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/tata-sierra-achieves-299kml-mileage-with-15l-hyperion-turbo-petrol-engine-122444/">Tata Sierra Achieves 29.9km/l Mileage with 1.5L Hyperion Turbo Petrol Engine</a></p><p>Deliveries of the Tata Sierra will begin from 15 January 2026, with higher variants scheduled for the first phase. Tata Motors has announced that it will increase production capacity to handle the growing order backlog. The Sierra competes in the segment that already has offerings like the Hyundai Creta, Kia Seltos, Maruti Suzuki Grand Vitara, Toyota Urban Cruiser Hyryder, and Maruti Suzuki Victoris. </p>

Tata Sierra SUV Records 70,000 Bookings On First Day

Tata Sierra crosses 70,000 bookings within 24 hours of opening on 16 December 2025, with diesel variants leading demand and deliveries scheduled to start in January 2026.

<p><strong>-Indian auto retail sales grew 2.14% YoY, with 33.01 lakh units sold overall.<br>-Passenger, and commercial vehicles recorded strong sales growth of 19.7% and 19.94%, respectively.</strong></p><p>Indian auto retail sales experienced a 2.14% year-on-year growth in the month of November, showing sustained demand beyond the festive season, according to the Federation of Automobile Dealers Associations (FADA).&nbsp;While the sales of two-wheelers dipped slightly by 3.1%,&nbsp;the passenger and commercial vehicle demand continued its&nbsp;upward trajectory, posting strong sales growth of 19.7% and 19.94% respectively. </p><p>FADA states that the Indian auto sector is expected to maintain steady growth in the near term, supported by strong rural demand, rising farm incomes, and early signs of recovery in tractors, two-wheelers, and FMCG consumption. Additionally, ongoing benefits from GST 2.0 and targeted consumer incentive schemes are likely to sustain high foot traffic in showrooms. Over the next three months, 74% of dealers expect positive sales momentum, driven by healthy enquiry pipelines, upcoming launches, and government initiatives promoting affordable mobility. Although there may be slight dips from model-year updates or fewer festive sales, the industry is poised for a strong and stable start to 2026.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/top-5-best-selling-car-brands-in-november-2025-maruti-suzuki-tata-motors-and-more-122394/">Top 5 Best-selling Car Brands in November 2025: Maruti Suzuki, Tata Motors, and More</a></p><h2>November 2025 Indian Auto Retail Sales</h2><p>Retail sales across the Indian auto industry exhibited&nbsp;a mix of trends in November 2025, with 33.01 lakh units, marking a rise of 2.14%. As for the 2Ws, the sales dropped&nbsp;3.1% year-on-year, showing a slight moderation in urban demand. However,  passenger and commercial vehicles continued their strong sales momentum,&nbsp;with growth of 19.7% and 19.94%, respectively.&nbsp;</p><p>The sales of tractors and e-rickshaws surged 56.55% and 20.98%.&nbsp;Meanwhile, three-wheelers recorded healthy gains across both passenger&nbsp;and goods categories, supported by rising last-mile&nbsp;transportation demand. In contrast, construction equipment sales&nbsp;fell 16.5%, impacted by subdued industrial activity. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/tvs-ronin-agonda-edition-launched-in-india-at-rs-131-lakh-122356/">TVS Ronin Agonda Edition Launched in India at Rs 1.31 Lakh</a></p><p>FY’26 YTD (April–November 2025) retail data&nbsp;highlights steady growth across the Indian auto industry, with 1.97 crore units sold overall, a rise of 9.36% YoY.&nbsp;Of this, passenger vehicles sold 29.10 lakh units, marking a growth of 8.11%,&nbsp;while commercial vehicles recorded sales of 6.82 lakh units, a gain of 6.95%. The sales of 2Ws reached approximately&nbsp;1.46 crore units (+9.62%),&nbsp;while 3Ws sold 8.82 lakh units (+6.69%).&nbsp;</p>

GST Benefits, Discounts Boost Post-Festive Sales in India; FADA Reports 2.14% Monthly Growth

Indian auto retail sales experienced a 2.14% year-on-year growth in the month of November, showing sustained demand beyond the festive season, according to the Federation of Automobile Dealers Associations (FADA).

<p>Representatives from India and Germany met in New Delhi under the GSDP Conversation Series for a roundtable to explore how both countries can push electric mobility together. The session focused on charging networks, finance, skill development, and the reuse of batteries as EV adoption grows in India. Held on 4 December 2025 at Maharashtra Sadan, the meeting was part of the Indo-German Partnership for Green and Sustainable Development (GSDP) Conversation Series. Officials from Central Ministries, state departments, public transport agencies, power utilities, financial bodies, and industry groups joined the talks. The goal was simple: move from separate efforts to more aligned plans that link renewable energy, transport, manufacturing, finance, and training. The idea was to make coordination smoother as India scales up its national EV shift.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/industry-news/mahindra-rolls-out-fast-charge-network-in-india-with-two-operational-stations-122292/">Mahindra Rolls Out Fast Charge Network in India with Two Operational Stations</a></p><p>The meeting also reviewed government programmes. This included the PM eDrive scheme for expanding EVs and charging points and the PM eBus Sewa plan that aims to bring 10,000 electric buses through public-private partnerships. Officials highlighted the payment security mechanism that supports large EV fleets. The Ministry of Power and Bureau of Energy Efficiency also shared updated rules on charging interoperability, safety, tariffs, and smart systems to help states follow a common approach.</p><p>Another big part of the discussion was multimodal electrification. Leaders looked at how metro networks, buses, shared mobility, and last-mile services can connect better. Power distribution companies spoke about grid planning, land access, and standardised charging layouts. Financing options like risk sharing and pooled procurement came up as ways to support adoption. Training in EV systems, battery work, and inclusive skill programmes was also flagged as important for long-term growth.</p><p>During her keynote speech, Christine Toetzke, Director General for Asia, Latin America, Middle East &amp; Eastern/Southeastern Europe, Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development (BMZ), Germany, said: 'Germany and India share a long-standing partnership rooted in trust, ambition, and a shared vision for a greener future. The Green and Sustainable Development Partnership is central to our international engagement, reflecting our joint commitment to make development both climate-compatible and socially inclusive. <br><br>'Electric mobility is not merely a technological shift, it is a transformation of how our societies move, how we design our cities, and how we create opportunities for future generations. As India advances this transition at remarkable scale and speed, Germany stands ready to support with system-level planning, vocational skills development, and innovation in areas such as battery management and circular economy solutions. Our cooperation is a long-term investment in cleaner air, safer mobility, and more equitable access to opportunity for all.'</p><h2>Rare Earth Recycling Unit and Market Insights Shared</h2><p>Industry voices from Bosch Mobility India, Intent Platform, and the Automotive Skills Development Council added insights on market trends. BatX Energies and Germany’s Rocklink GmbH announced a rare earth magnet recycling unit in Uttar Pradesh. This will be India’s first pilot project for EV-related materials and is expected to be ready in 12 months. Other Indo-German efforts include bioleaching research for battery metals and projects under GIZ and IGSTC for low-emission mobility and urban transport.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/industry-news/ultraviolette-raises-usd-45-million-from-zoho-and-lingotto-to-expand-ev-production-122344/">Ultraviolette Raises USD 45 Million from Zoho and Lingotto to Expand EV Production</a></p><p>The session closed with both sides confirming long-term cooperation through GSDP. Germany also reaffirmed support for planning, skills, circularity, and battery innovation to help India’s EV roadmap.</p>

India, Germany Hold Talks to Boost Electric Mobility with Charging, Funding and Training

India and Germany, under the GSDP Conversation Series, discussed EV charging, funding, skills and battery reuse to drive unified electric mobility plans and support India’s EV shift.

<p>Ultraviolette Automotive has secured USD 45 million from Zoho Corporation and Lingotto in the latest phase of its Series E round, giving the Bengaluru EV maker a push as it prepares for a bigger manufacturing scale-up. The company plans to use the funds to expand production of its F77 motorcycle and X-47 crossover, which continue to see strong demand. Zoho founders Sridhar Vembu, Mani Vembu and Kumar Vembu are part of the round, while Lingotto, which also owns stakes in Ferrari, adds global backing. Ultraviolette will add more production lines at its Electronic City plant and is preparing a second facility for next year. The company also wants to widen its India and international distribution as it steps into its next growth stage.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/ultraviolette-f77-superstreet-first-ride-review---street-smart-119943/">Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet First Ride Review - Street Smart</a></p><p>The new investment will support higher output of the F77 and X-47, with the X-47 priced at Rs 2.49 lakh ex-showroom. Rising orders have led Ultraviolette to introduce extra shifts for the crossover. The brand plans to accelerate manufacturing through expanded capacity at its current plant while building a new site to manage future demand.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/10/Ultraviolette-X-47-Stand-View-1760426203900.webp" alt="Ultraviolette X-47-Stand-View.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Ultraviolette continues to develop its next platforms, called Shockwave and Tesseract, which focus on battery upgrades and better vehicle efficiency. Part of the fresh funding will also go towards expanding the sales network in India and overseas markets to improve product reach.</p><p>The company currently operates in 30 Indian cities and aims to be present in 100 by mid-2026. The F77 has also entered the UK market, taking Ultraviolette’s footprint to 12 European countries. The X-47 is also set for a European rollout after its approval earlier this year.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/ultraviolette-x-47-crossover-first-ride-review---agent-47-121945/">Ultraviolette X-47 Crossover First Ride Review - Agent 47</a></p><p>Ultraviolette’s investor list includes TVS Motor, Qualcomm Ventures, TDK Ventures and Speciale Invest. The company is in talks with state governments for a new facility focused on affordable EVs.<br></p>

Ultraviolette Raises USD 45 Million from Zoho and Lingotto to Expand EV Production

The latest investment in Ultraviolette will help the EV maker scale F77 and X-47 production, set up new facilities, expand distribution and develop new EV models.

<p><strong>-Royal Enfield crossed the 1-lakh sales mark in November 2025, registering a growth of 22% year-on-year.<br>-Domestic sales surged 25.15% to 90,405 units, while exports rose 2.43% to 10,265 units.</strong></p><p>Royal Enfield sold over 1 lakh bikes in November 2025, registering an increase of 22% from last year’s 82,257 units. The majority of sales came&nbsp;from the domestic market, which rose 25.15% to 90,405 units. Breaking it down by engine segment,&nbsp;motorcycles under 350cc recorded the highest demand, with sales rising 26.73% to 90,312 units and accounting&nbsp;for a dominant 89.71% of the total November volume. On the other hand, the bikes above 350cc witnessed&nbsp;a modest decline of 5.80%, with 10,358 units sold. Meanwhile, international shipments also&nbsp;contributed to the growth, with 2.43% to 10,265 units.</p><h2>Royal Enfield Sales: MoM (Month-on-Month), YoY (Year-on-Year) Performance</h2><p>The company’s total sales dipped 19.43% from October’s 1.25 lakh units. The domestic market bore the brunt of this decline, dropping 22.63% month-on-month from 1.17 lakh units in October to 90,405 units in November. That said, exports showed a strong rebound, climbing 26.62% from 8,107 units to 10,265 units last month.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/royal-enfield-himalayan-450-mana-black-edition-launched-in-india-at-rs-337-lakh-122273/">Royal Enfield Himalayan 450 Mana Black Edition Launched in India at Rs 3.37 Lakh</a></p><p>When it comes to the YTD (Year-to-Date) sales, the performance of the sub-350cc segment stole the spotlight. Compared to 5.55 lakh units, the bikes under 350cc sold 7.11 lakh units,&nbsp;a growth of 28%. The higher-capacity motorcycles above 350cc also grew 16% to 1.07 lakh.&nbsp;With this, the total YTD sales reached 8.17 lakh units, marking a 26% rise from&nbsp;6.48 lakh units sold between April and November 2024. Exports grew by 42% to 88,793&nbsp;units from last year’s 62,645 units. </p><h2>Other Highlights</h2><p>Royal Enfield’s Motoverse showcased several anticipated models, including the Mana Black Himalayan 450, the Bullet 650, and the electric Flying Flea S6 scrambler.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/royal-enfield-meteor-350-sundowner-orange-edition-launched-in-india-priced-at-rs-219-lakh-122275/">Royal Enfield Meteor 350 Sundowner Orange Edition Launched in India, Priced at Rs 2.19 Lakh</a></p><p>While the Bullet 650&nbsp;and Flying Flea S6 are yet to reach showrooms, the company announced&nbsp;pricing for the Mana Black Edition. At Rs 3.37 lakh (ex-showroom), the Mana&nbsp;Black is priced roughly Rs 17,000 higher than the Hanle Black variant, which retails at Rs 3.20 lakh (ex-showroom).&nbsp;</p>

Royal Enfield Posts 22% YoY Growth in November, Sells Over 1 Lakh Motorcycles

Royal Enfield sold over 1 lakh bikes in November 2025, registering an increase of 22% from last year’s 82,257 units. Let's take a detailed look at the brand performance across segments. 

<p>Land Rover’s chief creative officer Gerry McGovern has reportedly stepped down after more than two decades with Jaguar Land Rover (JLR), marking a major shift in the company’s leadership structure. His exit comes at a time when JLR is going through a wider management review following the departure of former chief executive Adrian Mardell. The company has not issued a formal statement, but industry sources suggest McGovern’s position became less certain after PB Balaji took charge as chief executive on 17 November 2025. The move is viewed as part of a broader assessment of roles under the new leadership and follows changes within the Tata Group after the passing of Ratan Tata, who had supported McGovern’s work across the brands.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/this-land-rover-defender-dakar-d7x-r-is-built-to-conquer-dakar-2026-122296/">This Land Rover Defender Dakar D7X-R Is Built to Conquer Dakar 2026</a></p><p>Reports indicate that McGovern’s exit began to take shape soon after Balaji assumed control as part of a planned transition for the company. JLR is expected to refine its senior structure as it continues its internal restructuring. McGovern’s departure was considered possible following Mardell’s earlier exit and a shift in how design decisions were being aligned with new business priorities. The reshuffle reflects JLR’s push to simplify accountability in key areas across its operations.</p><p>Over his long tenure with the company, McGovern led several projects for the Range Rover, Discovery and Defender model lines. His work also included the Range Rover Evoque and Velar. He returned to Land Rover in 2004 as advanced design director before becoming chief creative officer in 2020, taking responsibility for design and brand strategy across Jaguar and Land Rover. His period in the role included production models and concept studies, including the Jaguar Type 00.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/12/Jaguar-Type00-front-.jpg" alt="Jaguar Type 00 Front " style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>McGovern was also connected to Jaguar’s Panthera programme, an internal plan designed to redefine the brand’s position. The programme received mixed reactions from industry watchers, with some questioning whether the direction aligned with Jaguar’s previous identity and long-term product plans within the shift to electrification.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/discovery-tempest-gemini-editions-launched-in-india-prices-start-at-rs-126-crore-121941/">Discovery Tempest, Gemini Editions Launched in India; Prices Start at Rs 1.26 Crore</a></p><p>JLR has not outlined how it plans to handle design responsibilities after his exit, as it continues to move forward with its electrification strategy and the brand separation of Jaguar and Land Rover.</p><p><a href="https://www.autocarindia.com/industry/gerry-mcgovern-next-high-profile-exit-from-jlr-438546">Source</a></p>

Land Rover Design Boss Gerry McGovern Exits Role After 21 Years Amid Leadership Shake-Up: Report

Gerry McGovern has reportedly exited JLR after 21 years amid a leadership shake-up following PB Balaji’s appointment as CEO, with design roles yet to be reassigned.

<p><strong>-Renault wholesales witnessed 30.27% growth in November to 3,662 units.<br>-Both the recently updated Triber and Kiger contributed to the sales, with 38.9% and 47.75% YoY rise, respectively.<br>-The Renault Kwid hatchback sold 447 units.</strong></p><p>Renault registered wholesale sales of 3,662  units in November, marking a 30.27% increase over last year’s 2,811 units.&nbsp;The recently facelifted Triber and Kiger played a key role in the growth, reflecting their strong and growing market appeal. The all-new&nbsp;Renault Triber posted sales of 2,064 units, marking a notable 38.9% increase over the 1,486 units&nbsp;sold in November 2024. Meanwhile, the updated Renault Kiger sold 1,151 units, a remarkable 47.75% rise&nbsp;from 779 units sold in the previous year. The Renault Kwid also contributed to the overall tally,&nbsp;with 447 units delivered during the month. Renault also attributed the surge&nbsp;in sales to the strong trust and loyalty customers have in the brand. </p><h2>Renault Duster To Return In 2026</h2><p>Renault will re-introduce the long-awaited Duster in India on January 26, 2026. The SUV, based on the CMF-B modular platform, will be positioned above the Kiger&nbsp;in the lineup. It will be produced at the company’s Oragadam plant in Chennai.&nbsp;While the Duster is already available in international markets,&nbsp;the Indian version is expected to feature subtle cosmetic updates&nbsp;and tailored features to suit Indian market preferences.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/renault-duster-india-comeback-confirmed-debut-on-republic-day-2026-122031/">Renault Duster India Comeback Confirmed – Debut on Republic Day 2026</a></p><p>The global-spec Duster offers an array of powertrain options, including a 128bhp 1.3-litre mild-hybrid, a 138bhp 1.6-litre&nbsp;strong hybrid paired with a 1.2 kWh battery, and a 1-litre petrol-LPG variant. For the Indian market, Renault has not officially confirmed the engine lineup,&nbsp;but several industry speculation hints toward a petrol-only range. </p><p>The flagship variant is likely to use a 1.3-litre turbocharged petrol engine with 151bhp and 250Nm, paired with either a 6-speed manual or a 6-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission. Meanwhile,&nbsp;the entry-level models could receive a 1.5-litre naturally aspirated&nbsp;petrol or a 1.0-litre turbo-petrol engine. Renault is also exploring the possibility of introducing a hybrid variant in the future. </p>

Triber, Kiger Boost Renault India's Sales Growth to 30% in November

Renault registered wholesale sales of 3,662  units in November, marking a 30.27% increase over last year’s 2,811 units. The all-new Triber posted sales of 2,064 units, while the updated Kiger sold 1,151 units. 

<p><strong>-Hyundai sold 66,840 units overall, registering a year-on-year growth of 9.1%.&nbsp;<br>-Of the total, 50,340 units were sold domestically, while 16,500 units were shipped to international markets.</strong></p><p>Hyundai Motor India sold 66,840 units overall in November 2025, registering an&nbsp;increase of 5,588 units over the 61,252 units sold in the same month last year.&nbsp;This results in a year-on-year growth of 9.1%.&nbsp;The domestic market contributed 50,340 units, showing a moderate rise of 4.34%&nbsp;from 48,246 units in November 2024. However, compared to October 2025, when 53,792 units were sold,&nbsp;the domestic sales saw a month-on-month decline of 6.42%.&nbsp;Internationally, Hyundai delivered 16,500 units, marking a year-on-year surge of 26.9%,&nbsp;from 13,006 units shipped in November 2024.</p><p>Hyundai launched the next-gen Venue in India last month. The refreshed SUV, priced between Rs 7.90 lakh for the HX 2 petrol MT variant and Rs 15.51 lakh&nbsp;for the HX 10 diesel AT, comes with introductory ex-showroom prices valid until December 31, 2025. The SUV has witnessed remarkable demand,&nbsp;with Hyundai recording over 32,000 bookings within just a month of its launch.</p><p>Commenting on HMIL’s sales performance in November 2025, Tarun Garg, Whole-time Director &amp; Chief Operating Officer, HMIL, said,&nbsp;'Supported by GST 2.0 reforms, we continue to carry forward sales momentum with&nbsp;a year-on-year growth in our monthly domestic sales in November 2025.&nbsp;Further, our commitment to bolstering India’s role as a global manufacturing&nbsp;hub is further solidified with 26.9% year-on-year growth in monthly exports.'</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/tata-sierra-vs-hyundai-creta-features-specs-and-price-compared-122295/">Tata Sierra vs Hyundai Creta: Features, Specs, and Price Compared</a></p><p>He also added, 'The all-new Hyundai Venue, our first software defined vehicle in India, has set new benchmarks in the compact SUV segment, clocking more&nbsp;than 32,000 bookings within a month of its launch.&nbsp;With its bold, futuristic design and cutting-edge technology featuring&nbsp;ccNC infotainment powered by NVIDIA - the all-new Hyundai Venue&nbsp;gives a big boost to our already strong SUV portfolio.'</p>

Hyundai Motor India Posts 9.1% YoY Sales Growth in November

Hyundai Motor India sold 66,840 units overall in November 2025, registering a year-on-year increase of 9.1%. It sold 50,340 units in the domestic market and 16,500 units overseas. 

<p><strong>-Mahindra sold 92,670 units overall, marking a 19% year-on-year rise.<br>-It sold 56,336 SUVs, compared to 46,222 units in November 2024, which is a healthy 22% growth. <br>-Exports reached 2,923 units, marking a 5% increase compared to last year's 2,776 units.</strong></p><p>Mahindra has given robust performance across categories in November, highlighting strong demand for its products in both local and international markets.&nbsp;The company sold 92,670 units overall, exhibiting a significant 19% year-on-year rise,&nbsp;including exports. As for the passenger vehicle segment, Mahindra sold 56,336 units. This represents a healthy 22% growth compared to&nbsp;46,222 units sold in November 2024, though it also reflects a month-on-month decline&nbsp;of 21.34% from October 2025, when sales had reached 71,624 units. Including exports,&nbsp;total passenger vehicle sales rose slightly to 57,598 units.&nbsp;In the Commercial Vehicles segment, domestic sales reached 24,843 units,&nbsp;up 17% from the same period last year.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-be-6-formula-e-edition-launched-3-customers-to-get-2026-london-e-prix-tickets-122298/">Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition Launched — 3 Customers To Get 2026 London E-Prix Tickets!</a></p><p>Speaking on the sales, Nalinikanth Gollagunta, CEO, Automotive Division, M&amp;M Ltd., said, 'In November, we achieved SUV sales of 56,336 units, a growth of 22%. The total vehicle sales&nbsp;stand at 92,670 units, a 19% year-on-year growth. We also celebrated the one-year anniversary&nbsp;of our Electric Origin SUVs and launched India’s first authentic Electric Origin&nbsp;7-seater SUV – the XEV 9S - along with the world’s first Formula E-themed&nbsp;special edition SUV, the Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition.'</p><h2>Mahindra November 2025 Sales: Export and YTD</h2><p>The company’s export performance last month showed steady growth, with 2,923 units shipped, marking a 5% increase&nbsp;compared to 2,776 units exported during the same month in 2024.</p><p>Mahindra’s year-to-date (YTD) total passenger sales rose by 18% to 4.26 lakh units from 3.61 lakh units during the same period in the previous year.&nbsp;The export segment, in particular, outperformed expectations, registering&nbsp;a robust 30% growth to 27,241 units sold between April and November 2025,&nbsp;compared to 20,956 units sold over the corresponding period last year.</p>

Mahindra SUV Domestic Sales Rise 22% in November to 56,336 Units

Mahindra sold 92,670 units overall in November 2025, exhibiting a significant 19% year-on-year rise, including exports. Here's a breakdown of sales performance across different categories. 

<p>Nissan has set out a clear plan to grow its NISMO performance brand, a move that will interest car enthusiasts who follow the link between motorsport and road cars. As part of the Re:Nissan turnaround programme, the company plans to double the global NISMO line-up from five models to ten. </p><p>This expansion supports <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/nissan/">Nissan’s </a>goal to increase annual NISMO sales from 100,000 units to 150,000 units by the end of the 2028 fiscal year. A key focus is exports, with overseas markets expected to contribute 60 per cent of total NISMO volumes, up from 40 per cent today. Nissan positions NISMO as a platform where racing knowledge feeds into production cars, while road use also shapes motorsport development. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/final-nissan-gt-r-r35-rolls-off-the-line-but-a-comeback-is-promised-121594/">Final Nissan GT-R R35 Rolls Off the Line; But a Comeback is Promised</a></p><p>The entire programme sits under Nissan Motorsports &amp; Customizing, or NMC, which manages racing activity, vehicle development, parts supply and customisation. The NISMO push also links with Nissan’s wider electrification plans leading up to 2030.</p><h2><strong>Wider Range and Stronger Global Focus</strong></h2><p>At present, the NISMO range includes the Z, <a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/nissan-ariya-ev-headed-for-production-patent-drawings-leaked-107719/">Ariya</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/paul-walkers-fast-furious-nissan-skyline-r34-gt-r-sells-for-usd-135-million-113185/">Skyline</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/nissan/x-trail/">X-Trail</a> and <a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/nissan-dune-patrol-concept-revealed-as-a-rugged-suv-with-nismo-off-road-parts-122064/">Patrol</a>, offering a mix of sports cars, SUVs and electric vehicles. Nissan has confirmed that five more NISMO models will be added, although it has not disclosed which vehicles they will be. The company also plans to extend the NISMO badge to more crossovers and saloons to reach a broader customer base. </p><p>To support this expansion, NMC is increasing production capacity and introducing dealer training programmes to prepare sales and service teams. Nissan is also open to working with external partners to reduce development time and manage costs.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Nissan-Nismo-1766142681159.webp" alt="Nissan Nismo.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Motorsport remains central to the NISMO identity. From the 2026 fiscal year, Nissan will introduce prototype race cars that will help develop hardware and software for future road models. The brand already competes in Formula E and Super GT and plans to enter additional racing categories. New testing facilities in Japan will support prototype development, while data from racing will influence software updates for NISMO road cars.</p><p>Alongside new products, NMC is expanding its restoration business, starting with the Skyline GT-R R32, R33 and R34. Nissan values the restoration market at 500 billion yen, with strong growth expected by 2032. Studies are also underway for future NISMO models, including a Leaf-based variant, an Infiniti Q50 successor and a Navara-based option, with hybrid and electric powertrains under review.</p>

Nissan Nismo Expansion Plans: New Performance Cars and Global Strategy Explained

Nissan plans to double its NISMO range to 10 models, boost global sales by 2028, expand exports and link motorsport tech with future road and electric cars.

<p><strong>- The Nissan Gravite MPV will compete with the Renault Triber and serve as an alternative to the Kia Carens, Maruti Suzuki Ertiga, and XL6.<br>- It is expected to feature an 8-inch touchscreen infotainment, a rear-view camera, a 7-inch semi-digital instrument cluster, and front and rear parking&nbsp;sensors.</strong> </p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/nissan/">Nissan</a> is betting big on India&nbsp;with three all-new cars, and two of them&nbsp;– the Gravite MPV and the Tekton compact SUV –&nbsp;have already been confirmed for launch.&nbsp;The French automaker is also developing a 7-seater SUV&nbsp;for the Indian market, though the exact details are currently&nbsp;scarce. Recently, Nissan offered a glimpse of its entry-level MPV for India, the Gravite, which is expected&nbsp;to share its underpinnings with its French cousin, the Triber.&nbsp;</p><p>While the car’s proportions look similar,&nbsp;the Gravite sets itself apart with elements,&nbsp;including a honeycomb-patterned grille, a sculpted bonnet&nbsp;with a hood scoop-inspired design, redesigned bumpers, refreshed alloy wheels, and uniquely styled taillights.  Nissan has confirmed that the MPV will go on sale in India in January, and here’s everything you can expect from it.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Nissan-Gravite-1766041724235.webp" alt="Nissan Gravite.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <h2><strong>Nissan Gravite MPV: Expected Price</strong></h2><p>Nissan states that the three-row MPV will begin reaching showrooms in March. It will expand the brand’s reach in the family-friendly, mass-market 7-seater segment. Currently, Nissan’s Indian lineup comprises only the Magnite compact SUV and the premium X-Trail MPV.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/top-5-cars-in-india-under-rs-10-lakh-tata-nexon-maruti-suzuki-dzire-and-more-122489/">Top 5 Cars in India Under Rs 10 Lakh: Tata Nexon, Maruti Suzuki Dzire, and More</a></p><p>In terms of the market rivalry, the new Gravite MPV will go head-to-head against the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/renault/triber/">Renault Triber </a>while serving as an alternative to popular models in the segment, including the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/carens/">Kia Carens,</a> the <a href="Maruti Suzuki Ertiga">Maruti Suzuki Ertiga</a>, and the XL6. It could be priced similarly to the Triber, which starts at Rs 5.76 lakh (ex-showroom).&nbsp;</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Nissan-Gravite-Rear-Teaser-1766043111359.webp" alt="Nissan Gravite Rear Teaser.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <h2><strong>Nissan Gravite MPV: Engine</strong></h2><p>The Gravite is expected to borrow the 1.0-litre naturally  aspirated petrol engine from the Triber,&nbsp;which puts out a maximum power of 71bhp and a peak torque of 96Nm. Transmission options will likely include a&nbsp;5-speed manual and a 5-speed AMT gearbox. In addition,&nbsp;Nissan may expand the lineup later with a CNG variant.</p><h2><strong>Nissan Gravite MPV: Features</strong></h2><p>The Gravite is expected to come with a 7-inch digital instrument cluster, an 8-inch touchscreen infotainment system with Apple CarPlay and Android Auto,&nbsp;remote keyless entry, a wireless phone charger, a 6-speaker audio system, and manual AC with rear vents. It may also include a rearview camera, hill start assist, six airbags (standard), front and rear parking&nbsp;sensors, and a tyre pressure monitoring system&nbsp;(TPMS) for safety. </p>

Nissan Gravite MPV: Expected Price, Engine Specs, and Key Details

The new Nissan Gravite is expected to borrow the 1.0-litre naturally aspirated petrol engine from the Triber, which puts out a maximum power of 71bhp and a peak torque of 96Nm.

<p><strong>-The first batch of the new Mini Cooper S Convertible sold out within 24 hours.<br>-Pre-orders for the second batch are now open, with deliveries expected in early 2026.</strong></p><p>The new <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mini/cooper-s-convertible/">Mini Cooper S Convertible</a>, which went on sale on December 12, has sold out in India. Pre-orders for the second&nbsp;batch are now open, with deliveries slated to commence early next year. The new open-top Mini,&nbsp;available only in the Cooper S trim with the Favoured Pack, carries a price tag of Rs 58.50 lakh,&nbsp;marking a notable premium of Rs 6.5 lakh over the standard Cooper S. It is&nbsp;sold here as a completely built unit (CBU). Check out the key&nbsp;features that make this new Mini Convertible an ideal option for many&nbsp;luxury car enthusiasts in the country.</p><h2><strong>Mini Cooper S Convertible: Features</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mini-Cooper-S-Convertible-Rear-Static-1765436737427.webp" alt="Mini Cooper S Convertible-Rear-Static.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The Convertible’s electrically operated fabric roof takes&nbsp;only 18 seconds to open and 15 to close,&nbsp;even when driving at speeds of up to 30km/h. It is 3,879mm long, 1,744mm wide (excluding mirrors), and 1,431mm tall. The Convertible has a 2,495mm wheelbase.&nbsp;Mini offers its newly launched open-top in four eye-catching colours: Sunny Side Yellow, British Racing Green, Chilli Red, and Ocean Wave Green. Owners can further personalise their ride with options like custom&nbsp;soft-top themes and mirror cap finishes. The car rolls on 18-inch alloy wheels. </p><h2><strong>Mini Cooper S Convertible: Interior</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mini-Cooper-S-Convertible-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1765436691283.webp" alt="Mini Cooper S Convertible-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mini/">Mini Cooper </a>S Convertible features a dual-tone dashboard in beige and grey, paired with a choice of two interior upholstery options: Vescin Beige&nbsp;or Vescin Nightshade Blue. It comes equipped with the ‘Favoured Pack’, and includes&nbsp;a host of premium amenities, including a head-up display, a Harman Kardon audio,&nbsp;parking assist, TPMS, cruise control, a central OLED touchscreen infotainment system, and powered seats. The cabin also features a sporty three-spoke&nbsp;steering wheel with a unique fabric accent.</p><h2><strong>Mini Cooper S Convertible: Engine</strong></h2><p>The Cooper S Convertible uses a 2.0-litre four-cylinder turbocharged petrol engine that generates 201bhp of peak power and 300Nm of maximum torque. Power is sent to the front wheels&nbsp;through a 7-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/top-5-cars-in-india-under-rs-10-lakh-tata-nexon-maruti-suzuki-dzire-and-more-122489/">Top 5 Cars in India Under Rs 10 Lakh: Tata Nexon, Maruti Suzuki Dzire, and More</a></p><p>The Cooper S Convertible gets a claimed mileage of 16.39km/l. It claims a top speed of 240km/h, and a 0-100km/h sprint time of 6.9 seconds. </p>

Mini Cooper S Convertible Sold Out in India Within 24 Hours of Launch

The new open-top Mini, available only in the Cooper S trim with the Favoured Pack, carries a price tag of Rs 58.50 lakh, marking a notable premium of Rs 6.5 lakh over the standard Cooper S.

<p>Cars under Rs 10 lakh in India are plentiful, but choosing the best one can be challenging. In this price bracket, buyers can enjoy 5-star safety ratings, class-leading fuel efficiency that rivals hybrids, and premium technology features once exclusive to luxury models. If you’re looking for the best value for your money this December, here are the top 5 cars in India under Rs 10 lakh.</p><h2><strong>Tata Punch</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/03/Tata-Punch-Front-1-.jpg" alt="Tata Punch " style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/punch/"> Tata Punch</a> is one of the best options in the segment, with prices ranging from Rs 5.50 lakh to Rs 8.14 lakh (ex-showroom). It is offered with multiple powertrain options, including petrol and CNG.&nbsp;The petrol variant is powered by a 1.2-litre, three-cylinder engine&nbsp;that produces 84bhp and 113Nm of torque, while the CNG version delivers a slightly lower output of 72bhp and 103Nm.&nbsp;Buyers can choose between a 5-speed manual or an AMT with the petrol model, whereas the CNG variant&nbsp;is available only with a manual transmission.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/new-nissan-gravite-7-seater-mpv-launch-in-january-2026-heres-all-you-need-to-know-122492/">New Nissan Gravite 7-Seater MPV Launch in January 2026; Here's All You Need to Know</a></p><p>The Punch is also offered in an electric avatar, although its pricing starts at Rs 9.99&nbsp;lakh (ex-showroom).</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki Swift</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/05/2024-Maruti-Suzuki-Swift-driving.jpg" alt="Red Maruti Suzuki Swift Front and Left Side View" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The fourth-generation<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/swift/"> Maruti Suzuki Swift</a>, launched in May last year, is another strong contender for buyers&nbsp;hunting a good commute within a Rs 10 lakh budget. </p><p>The hatchback features the new Z-series 1.2-litre three-cylinder petrol engine, which produces 80bhp at 5,700rpm and 112Nm at 4,300rpm. Customers can choose between a five-speed manual gearbox and a five-speed AMT. Prices for the Swift range from Rs 5.79 lakh to Rs 8.80 lakh (ex-showroom).</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki Dzire</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Maruti-Suzuki-Dzire-1762950988729.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki Dzire.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>With prices starting at Rs 6.26 lakh and going up to Rs 9.31 lakh (ex-showroom), the new-generation <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/dzire/">Maruti Suzuki Dzire </a>arrives as a more premium and better-styled offering than before. The compact sedan runs on a 1.2-litre Z-Series petrol&nbsp;engine that generates 80bhp and 112Nm, and is paired with either a five-speed manual gearbox or an AMT. It also comes with a CNG powertrain. Note that the new Dzire has made history by becoming&nbsp;the first Maruti model to achieve a 5-star rating in Global&nbsp;NCAP testing. It has also earned a full 5-star safety rating under Bharat NCAP.</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki Brezza</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/05/Maruti-Suzuki-Brezza-with-logo.jpg" alt="Maruti Suzuki Brezza With Logo" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Another strong option from <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/">Maruti Suzuki’s</a> stable is the Brezza, a popular choice among buyers&nbsp;looking for practicality and efficiency. The compact SUV’s price&nbsp;starts at Rs 8.26 lakh for the base variant and goes up to just&nbsp;over Rs 13 lakh for the top-spec model (ex-showroom).</p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/brezza/">Brezza</a> is powered by a 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol engine that produces 102bhp&nbsp;at 6,000rpm and 136.8Nm of torque at 4,400rpm, and is paired with either a five-speed manual&nbsp;or a six-speed torque converter automatic transmission.&nbsp;It also features Maruti’s smart hybrid technology,&nbsp;which adds idle stop-start, brake energy regeneration,&nbsp;and torque assist during acceleration. The car also comes with a CNG option.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>Tata Nexon</strong></h2><p>Priced beginning at Rs 7.32 lakh (ex-showroom), the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/nexon/">Tata Nexon</a> is one of the value-packed SUVs in its segment.&nbsp;It offers a variety of powertrain options, including petrol, diesel, and CNG.&nbsp;The 1.2-litre turbocharged petrol engine produces 118bhp and 170Nm, while the 1.5-litre diesel&nbsp;engine delivers 113bhp and 260Nm.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/top-10-electric-cars-in-india-you-can-buy-in-2025-122485/">Top 10 Electric Cars in India You Can Buy in 2025</a></p><p>The bi-fuel CNG option generates 99bhp and 170Nm. The car also comes with an electric option, which starts a bit higher at Rs 12.49 lakh (ex-showroom).&nbsp;</p>

Top 5 Cars in India Under Rs 10 Lakh: Tata Nexon, Maruti Suzuki Dzire, and More

If you’re looking for a car under Rs 10 lakh in India, choosing the right one can be daunting. Here’s a detailed list comprising the top 5 options that you can consider.

<p>The<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/victoris/"> Maruti Suzuki Victoris</a> has claimed the title of&nbsp;Indian Car of the Year 2026, surpassing eight strong contenders. While the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/kylaq/">Skoda Kylaq</a> finished as the first runner-up,&nbsp;the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9/">Mahindra XEV 9e</a>, which also won the Green Car of&nbsp;the Year award, clinched the second spot on the podium.&nbsp;This year’s lineup of contenders was packed with some of the best machines currently on sale,&nbsp;including the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/creta-electric/">Hyundai Creta Electric</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/syros/">Kia Syros</a>,&nbsp;and the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/harrier-ev/">Tata Harrier EV.</a> However, Maruti Suzuki's Flagship Arena SUV, the Victoris, emerged as the winner, adding another feather to its cap.</p><p>As we know, the ICOTY awards honour the best vehicles in India each year, across Overall, Green, and Premium categories.&nbsp;While the Victoris and the XEV 9e&nbsp;claimed the Overall and Green Car of the Year titles,&nbsp;respectively, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/volkswagen/golf-gti/">Volkswagen Golf GTI&nbsp;</a>took the Premium Car of the Year crown.</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Maruti Suzuki Victoris Named Indian Car of the Year</strong></h2><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/">Maruti Suzuki </a>launched the Arena-badged Victoris in India this September. The SUV is currently priced between Rs 10.50 lakh and Rs 19.99 lakh (ex-showroom).&nbsp;It is available in six variants: LXi, VXi, ZXi, ZXi(O), ZXi+, and ZXi+(O).&nbsp;The premium SUV in Maruti Suzuki’s Arena lineup is visually distinct from its&nbsp;Nexa sibling, but it shares the same powertrain options. These include a 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol engine featuring mild-hybrid technology&nbsp;with 102bhp and 137Nm, and a 5-speed manual or a 6-speed automatic gearbox, and a CNG variant with an underbody-mounted tank, offered exclusively with a 5-speed manual,&nbsp;as well as a&nbsp;1.5-litre strong-hybrid setup&nbsp;114.4bhp and 141Nm, mated to an e-CVT.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/icoty-2026-volkswagen-golf-gti-wins-premium-car-title-toyota-camry-bmw-ix1-finish-close-behind-122497/">ICOTY 2026: Volkswagen Golf GTI Wins Premium Car Title; Toyota Camry, BMW iX1 Finish Close Behind</a></p><p>Features-wise,&nbsp;the Victoris comes with a segment-first smart powered tailgate&nbsp;with gesture control, Alexa Auto integration,&nbsp;a Dolby Atmos sound system,&nbsp;a 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster, and six airbags as standard.&nbsp;Notably, the Maruti Suzuki SUV has earned 5-star ratings from both Global NCAP and Bharat NCAP.</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: The Selection Criteria</strong></h2><p>To qualify for the ICOTY, a car must be a completely new model rather than a facelifted version of an existing vehicle or one featuring minor&nbsp;drivetrain changes. Every eligible entry must be manufactured or assembled&nbsp;in India and have obtained Indian type approval through the standard&nbsp;homologation process. Vehicles imported as Completely Built Units (CBUs)&nbsp;are strictly ineligible for nomination.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xev-9e-named-icoty-2026-green-car-of-the-year-kia-carens-clavis-ev-bmw-ix1-lwb-runners-up-122496/">Mahindra XEV 9e Named ICOTY 2026 Green Car of the Year; Kia Carens Clavis EV &amp; BMW iX1 LWB Runners-up</a></p><p>Moreover, the model must have been available in showrooms for public sale before November 30 of the preceding year.</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: How the Winner is Decided?</strong></h2><p>The ICOTY winner is selected through a simple yet rigorous voting system. Every jury member is given 25 points,&nbsp;with a maximum of 10 points for one car. Every juror must distribute points among a minimum&nbsp;of five contenders to ensure fair evaluation.</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Jury Members</strong></h2><p>A distinguished panel of 19 judges from leading automotive publications has meticulously chosen the ICOTY 2026 winners. Among the jury are our very own, Dhruv Behl, Founder and Editor-in-Chief of autoX,&nbsp;and Ishan Raghava, Consulting Editor at autoX and also&nbsp;Secretary of ICOTY 2026, whose extensive industry knowledge and experience add significant depth to the evaluation process.</p><p>-Pablo Chaterji (Chairman), Motoring World<br>-Aatish Mishra (Secretary), Evo India<br>-Dhruv Behl, autoX<br>-Ishan Raghava, autoX<br>-Yogendra Pratap, Auto Today<br>-Dipayan Dutta, Auto Today<br>-Aspi Bhathena, Car India<br>-Sirish Chandran, Evo India<br>-Kartik Ware, Motoring World<br>-Kranti Sambhav, Overdrive<br>-Rohit Paradkar, Overdrive<br>-Vikrant Singh, Carwale.com<br>-Arpit Mahendra, TOI Auto<br>-Kushan-Mitra, The Print<br>-Abhay Verma, Turbocharged<br>-Bob Rupani, Exploration Drives with Bob Rupani<br>-Sagar Bhanushali, CarWale<br>-Gaurav Davare, Car India<br>-Tushar Kamath, CarDekho Group</p>

Maruti Suzuki Victoris Named Indian Car of the Year 2026; Skoda Kylaq & Mahindra XEV 9e Runners-up

The Maruti Suzuki Victoris emerged as the Indian Car of the Year 2026. The Skoda Kylaq was first runner-up, while Mahindra XEV 9e, also Green Car of the Year, claimed the second runner-up spot.

<p>The 21st edition of the Indian Car of the Year (ICOTY) awards named the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/volkswagen/golf-gti/">Volkswagen Golf GTI </a>as Premium Car of the Year 2025. The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/toyota/camry/">Toyota Camry</a> finished as first runner-up, while the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/ix1/">BMW iX1 </a>took second runner-up. Other models in the Premium Car category included the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/x3/">BMW X3,</a> <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mercedes-benz/amg-g-class/">Mercedes-Benz G-Class</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/cyberster/">MG Cyberster</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/kodiaq/">Skoda Kodiaq</a> and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/octavia-rs/">Skoda Octavia RS</a>. Also, the Indian Car of the Year title for 2026 was announced, with <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/victoris/">Maruti Suzuki Victoris</a> winning the award, followed by <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/kylaq/">Skoda Kylaq</a> and<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9/"> Mahindra XEV 9e</a> as runners-up.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xev-9e-named-icoty-2026-green-car-of-the-year-kia-carens-clavis-ev-bmw-ix1-lwb-runners-up-122496/">Mahindra XEV 9e Named ICOTY 2026 Green Car of the Year</a></p><p>The results were finalised after an evaluation by the ICOTY jury. The panel, which also included  <em>autoX </em>Founder and Editor-in-Chief Dhruv Behl and Consulting Editor Ishan Raghava.</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Volkswagen Golf GTI Named Premium Car of the Year</strong></h2><p>Launched at Rs 53 lakh (ex-showroom) in India, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/volkswagen/golf-gti/">Volkswagen Golf GTI </a>brings a familiar shape to the market. The design follows the Golf line with a hatchback body, flat roof and straight shoulder line. The front features a slim grille with the GTI stripe linked to the headlamps, while the rear uses a simple tail-lamp layout and twin exhaust outlets.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Volkswagen_Golf_GTI_autoX_Awards_2025-1763119451849.webp" alt="Volkswagen_Golf_GTI_autoX_Awards_2025.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Power comes from a 2.0-litre turbo-petrol engine producing 261 bhp and 370 Nm. The engine is paired with a 7-speed dual-clutch automatic gearbox. The Golf GTI accelerates from 0 to 100 km/h in 5.9 seconds.</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Selection of the Winner</strong></h2><p>ICOTY follows a defined voting system to select its winner. Each jury member receives 25 points to distribute across the nominated cars, with a maximum of 10 points allowed for any single model.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Volkswagen-Golf-GTI-(4)-1766075744998.webp" alt="Volkswagen Golf GTI (4).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The process also requires every juror to assign points to at least five competing vehicles. This rule ensures that the evaluation covers a wider range of models in contention.</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Jury Members</strong></h2><p>The ICOTY 2026 winners were selected by a jury of 19 judges from automotive publications. The panel represented print, digital and broadcast media.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/ICOTY-Premium-Car-2026-1765959266923.webp" alt="ICOTY Premium Car 2026.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>-Pablo Chaterji (Chairman), Motoring World</p><p>-Aatish Mishra (Secretary), Evo India</p><p>-Dhruv Behl, autoX</p><p>-Ishan Raghava, autoX</p><p>-Yogendra Pratap, Auto Today</p><p>-Dipayan Dutta, Auto Today</p><p>-Aspi Bhathena, Car India</p><p>-Sirish Chandran, Evo India</p><p>-Kartik Ware, Motoring World</p><p>-Kranti Sambhav, Overdrive</p><p>-Rohit Paradkar, Overdrive</p><p>-Vikrant Singh, Carwale.com</p><p>-Arpit Mahendra, TOI Auto</p><p>-Kushan-Mitra, The Print</p><p>-Abhay Verma, Turbocharged</p><p>-Bob Rupani, Exploration Drives with Bob Rupani</p><p>-Sagar Bhanushali, CarWale</p><p>-Gaurav Davare, Car India</p><p>-Tushar Kamath, CarDekho Group</p>

ICOTY 2026: Volkswagen Golf GTI Wins Premium Car Title; Toyota Camry, BMW iX1 Finish Close Behind

Volkswagen Golf GTI wins Premium Car of the Year 2025 at ICOTY, followed by Toyota Camry as first runner-up and BMW iX1 in second place.

<p>The<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9/"> Mahindra XEV 9e</a> has been crowned Green Car of the Year at the 2026 ICOTY awards.&nbsp;The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/carens-clavis-ev/">Kia Carens Clavis EV </a>and the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/ix1-lwb/"> BMW iX1 LWB</a> rounded out the podium as&nbsp;the first and second runners-up for the title. Electric cars are&nbsp;becoming an increasingly significant part of India’s automotive landscape,&nbsp;and 2026 witnessed some of the most impressive e-machines hitting the market.&nbsp;</p><p>The prestigious Green Car of the Year category saw eight cars competing for&nbsp;the top spot, including  <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/byd/sealion-7/">BYD Sealion 7</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/creta-electric/">Hyundai Creta Electric</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/cyberster/">MG Cyberster</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/harrier-ev/">Tata Harrier EV, </a>and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tesla/model-y/">Tesla Model Y</a>. With the winner finally announced, let’s take a closer look at the details. </p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Mahindra XEV 9e Named Green Car of the Year</strong></h2><p>The XEV 9e made a notable entry into India’s electric SUV segment in November 2024, and it is currently priced between Rs 22.65 lakh and Rs 31.25 lakh (ex-showroom). The SUV comes with rear-wheel drive and two battery options: a 59 kWh battery&nbsp;with 228bhp with a claimed range of 542 kilometres, and a larger 79kWh pack with 282bhp,&nbsp;extending the range up to 656 kilometres.</p><p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/maruti-suzuki-victoris-named-indian-car-of-the-year-2026-skoda-kylaq-mahindra-xev-9e-runners-up-122499/">Maruti Suzuki Victoris Named Indian Car of the Year 2026; Skoda Kylaq &amp; Mahindra XEV 9e Runners-up</a></p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Eligibility Criteria</strong></h2><p>To be considered for the ICOTY, a car must be a new model,&nbsp;as opposed to a refreshed version of an existing car&nbsp;or one with small drivetrain modifications.&nbsp;It must be manufactured or assembled in India,&nbsp;have received Indian type approval. Additionally, the car should be on sale in showrooms before November 30 of the previous year. Fully imported models via the CBU (Completely Built Unit) route are not eligible.</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Selection of the Winner</strong></h2><p>ICOTY uses a clear and structured voting system to choose its winner. Each member of the jury is allotted a total of 25 points&nbsp;to distribute among the contenders,&nbsp;with a cap of 10 points per individual car.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/icoty-2026-volkswagen-golf-gti-wins-premium-car-title-toyota-camry-bmw-ix1-finish-close-behind-122497/">ICOTY 2026: Volkswagen Golf GTI Wins Premium Car Title; Toyota Camry, BMW iX1 Finish Close Behind</a></p><p>To ensure balanced evaluation,&nbsp;every juror must allocate points to at least five of the competing models.</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Jury Members</strong></h2><p>The ICOTY 2026 winners have been chosen by a panel of 19 respected judges from leading automotive&nbsp;publications. The jury includes our very own, Dhruv Behl,&nbsp;Founder and Editor-in-Chief of autoX,&nbsp;and Ishan Raghava, Consulting Editor at autoX&nbsp;and Secretary of ICOTY 2026, whose industry&nbsp;insight and experience add tremendous depth to the evaluation.</p><p>-Pablo Chaterji (Chairman), Motoring World<br>-Aatish Mishra (Secretary), Evo India<br>-Dhruv Behl, autoX<br>-Ishan Raghava, autoX<br>-Yogendra Pratap, Auto Today<br>-Dipayan Dutta, Auto Today<br>-Aspi Bhathena, Car India<br>-Sirish Chandran, Evo India<br>-Kartik Ware, Motoring World<br>-Kranti Sambhav, Overdrive<br>-Rohit Paradkar, Overdrive<br>-Vikrant Singh, Carwale.com<br>-Arpit Mahendra, TOI Auto<br>-Kushan-Mitra, The Print<br>-Abhay Verma, Turbocharged<br>-Bob Rupani, Exploration Drives with Bob Rupani<br>-Sagar Bhanushali, CarWale<br>-Gaurav Davare, Car India<br>-Tushar Kamath, CarDekho Group</p><h2><strong>ICOTY 2026: Indian Car of The Year, Premium Car of the Year</strong></h2><p>Indian auto enthusiasts are well aware that the ICOTY awards, widely regarded as the benchmark for automotive excellence&nbsp;in India, celebrate the best vehicles across three key categories:&nbsp;Overall Indian Car of the Year, Green Car of the Year, and Premium Car&nbsp;of the Year. While the Mahindra XEV 9e claimed the Green Car of the Year crown, the Maruti Suzuki Victoris earned the title of the Indian Car of the Year, and the Volkswagen Golf GTI&nbsp;emerged as the Premium Car of the Year.</p>

Mahindra XEV 9e Named ICOTY 2026 Green Car of the Year; Kia Carens Clavis EV & BMW iX1 LWB Runners-up

The Mahindra XEV 9e won Green Car of the Year at ICOTY 2026, with Kia Carens Clavis EV and BMW iX1 LWB finishing as runners-up.

<p>Maruti Suzuki has added a swivel seat option to the WagonR, giving the popular hatchback a feature that solves a real daily problem. Offered as a retrofit kit, the system fits onto the front row and rotates it outward by 90 degrees, making entry and exit easier. Think of it as the WagonR politely turning its seat towards you instead of asking you to squeeze in. Installation takes about 45 to 60 minutes at authorised Arena dealerships and does not involve cutting panels or stripping the interior. The kit mounts onto existing floor points, keeping things neat and factory-friendly.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/car-reviews/maruti-suzuki-e-vitara-first-drive-review-making-the-ev-leap-122428/">Maruti Suzuki e Vitara First Drive Review - Making the EV Leap</a></p><p>WagonR models manufactured from February 2019 onwards are eligible for the upgrade. The swivel seat integrates with the existing electrical setup and does not require changes to the dashboard or wiring layout. <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/">Maruti Suzuki</a> has opened bookings at select outlets, making this an accessible add-on rather than a complex modification. </p><p>The feature is aimed at senior citizens and users with mobility concerns, but it also suits anyone who values comfort over acrobatics. The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/wagon-r/">WagonR’s</a> tall cabin helps here, offering enough space for the seat to rotate smoothly. At the press of a single switch, the seat slides forward by up to 280 mm and lowers by 120 mm to match ground level. Once you are seated, the system brings the seat back into driving position and locks it automatically. No drama, no guesswork, just click and drive.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-Wagon-R-swivel-seat-1766044719484.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki Wagon R swivel seat.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The swivel seat kit comes from Bengaluru-based TRUEAssist Technology, a startup incubated through Maruti Suzuki’s programme with NSRCEL at IIM Bangalore. Testing support came from the Automotive Research Association of India, and the system carries safety certification along with a three-year warranty. Original seat covers stay in place, so the cabin still looks like a WagonR, not a science project.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/top-5-best-selling-car-brands-in-november-2025-maruti-suzuki-tata-motors-and-more-122394/">Top 5 Best-selling Car Brands in November 2025: Maruti Suzuki, Tata Motors, and More</a></p><p>Maruti Suzuki has trained selected dealerships for installation and service support. Customer feedback during the pilot phase will guide wider availability.</p>

Maruti Suzuki WagonR Gets Swivel Seat Option for Easier Entry and Exit

Maruti Suzuki has added a swivel front seat as a retrofit option to the WagonR, making entry and exit easier for people with mobility needs.

<p><strong>-The Gravite is Nissan’s new B-segment MPV, scheduled to go on sale in India in January 2026.<br>-It will distinguish itself from its French cousin with a fresh face and new alloy wheels, among others.<br>-The three-row MPV is confirmed to reach showrooms in March 2026.</strong></p><p>Nissan has revealed the name of its&nbsp;upcoming 7-seater MPV, along with key design details and its&nbsp;India launch timeline.&nbsp;Called the Gravite, the B-segment MPV is likely to be underpinned&nbsp;by the Renault Triber’s platform and&nbsp;target budget-conscious buyers, similar to its French cousin.&nbsp;The Gravite will be manufactured locally in India and is slated to&nbsp;reach dealerships by March 2026. While there is still some time before Nissan unveils the MPV in its full glory,&nbsp;the company has shared select design elements to offer a glimpse&nbsp;of what’s to come. So, without further ado, let’s take a closer look.</p><h2>Nissan Gravite: India Launch Timeline</h2><p>Nissan has confirmed that the Gravite will go on sale in India  in January 2026, with customer deliveries scheduled to begin in March of the same year. Currently, Nissan’s Indian lineup is limited to the Magnite compact SUV and the premium X-Trail MPV.&nbsp;The introduction of the Gravite will play a key role in expanding the footprint of the brand in our market, particularly in the mass-market section, with&nbsp;a more accessible, family-focused offering.&nbsp;The launch of the Gravite will also mark the beginning of Nissan’s broader&nbsp;product map in India, which will later include the Tekton SUV,&nbsp;a mid-sized C-segment SUV.&nbsp;</p><h2>Nissan Gravite: Design</h2><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Nissan-Gravite-Rear-Teaser-1766043111359.webp" alt="Nissan Gravite Rear Teaser.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>
    <p>The soon-to-be-launched Gravite embraces the brand’s fresh design language and adds its own personality. The car's proportions look similar to the Triber, but a few features set it apart. These include a chrome-accented grille, a sculpted bonnet with a hood scoop-like element, new bumpers,&nbsp;reimagined alloy wheels, and&nbsp;distinct taillamps.&nbsp;</p><h2>Nissan Gravite: Interior</h2><p>Nissan has yet to showcase the Gravite’s cabin, but industry reports suggest it will closely follow the layout of the Renault Triber, the model on which it is expected to be based. To give the Gravite its own identity, the cabin could feature new upholstery designs, updated colour schemes, and a few exclusive features.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mg-hector-facelift-kia-seltos-and-other-key-car-launches-debuts-to-date-122469/">MG Hector Facelift, Kia Seltos, and Other Key Car Launches/ Debuts to Date</a>&nbsp;</p><p>The MPV is likely to come equipped with an 8-inch touchscreen infotainment system, a rear-view camera,&nbsp;a 7-inch semi-digital instrument cluster,&nbsp;manual air conditioning with vents extending to the second and third rows, and  six airbags.</p><h2>Nissan Gravite: Engine</h2><p>Under the hood, the Gravite is expected to carry over the 1.0-litre naturally aspirated petrol engine from the refreshed Triber. This unit delivers 71bhp and 96Nm of torque and is likely to be paired with a choice of a 5-speed manual or a 5-speed AMT gearbox. Additionally, Nissan may&nbsp;introduce a CNG variant at a later stage. </p>

New Nissan Gravite 7-Seater MPV Launch in January 2026; Here's All You Need to Know

The upcoming Nissan Gravite will reach Indian showrooms in March 2026. It is expected to use the Renault Triber's platform. 

<p>Gone are the days when electric cars lagged behind&nbsp;their ICE counterparts in features and style. In 2025, the market is brimming with some&nbsp;of the finest EVs from brands like <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/">Tata Motors</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/">Kia</a>,&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/">Hyundai,</a> and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/">BMW</a>. We have compiled a list of the top 10 electric&nbsp;cars in India in 2025, which proves that&nbsp;going electric no longer means compromising.&nbsp;If you’re planning to buy an EV in India, here are some of the options worth considering.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>MG Windsor EV</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/10/MG-Windsor-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" alt="MG Windsor Front Three Quarter" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Launched in India in September 2024, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/windsor-ev/">MG Windsor EV</a> emerged as the country’s best-selling car in&nbsp;FY2025, making it MG’s strongest-performing model to date.&nbsp;Its success was further reinforced when it won the Green Car of the Year award at the 2025&nbsp;Indian Car of the Year (ICOTY). </p><p>The Windsor EV is powered by an IP67-rated&nbsp;38kWh lithium iron phosphate (LFP) battery, offering a certified range of up&nbsp;to 332 kilometres on a single charge, while its permanent magnet synchronous motor&nbsp;delivers 134bhp and 220Nm. MG also offers a Pro variant with a larger battery and extended range, with prices for the Windsor EV starting at Rs 13.99 lakh (ex-showroom).</p><h2><strong>Tata Harrier EV</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/Tata-Harrier-EV-Front-Three-Quarter-1755511714063.webp" alt="Tata Harrier EV-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Another electric car worth considering for purchase in India is the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/harrier-ev/">Tata Harrier EV</a>, which was launched in June and is currently priced&nbsp;between Rs 21.49 lakh and Rs 29.48 lakh (ex-showroom). Built on Tata’s advanced&nbsp;Acti.ev platform, the Harrier EV is offered with a 65kWh rear-wheel-drive setup producing 235bhp, or a more powerful 75kWh all-wheel-drive dual-motor configuration delivering&nbsp;390.5bhp and 504Nm, with a claimed range of up to 627 kilometres.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mg-hector-facelift-kia-seltos-and-other-key-car-launches-debuts-to-date-122469/">MG Hector Facelift, Kia Seltos, and Other Key Car Launches/ Debuts to Date</a></p><p>The feature list includes a 14.53-inch Samsung Neo QLED touchscreen, a new four-spoke&nbsp;steering wheel with an illuminated Tata logo, Summon Mode, six selectable terrain modes, and a 10-speaker JBL sound system with Dolby Atmos.</p><h2><strong>Tata Nexon EV</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/05/Nexon-EV-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" alt="Tata Nexon EV Front and Side View" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/nexon-ev/">Tata Nexon EV</a> continues to be a popular choice in the electric SUV segment. Buyers can either opt for the 30kWh Medium Range version, which delivers a claimed range of up to 325 kilometres,  or the larger 45kWh Long Range pack that promises up to 489 kilometres under MIDC conditions.</p><p>With prices starting at Rs 12.49 lakh, the Nexon EV also stands out for its upmarket cabin, featuring a 12.3-inch infotainment display on higher trims, a nine-speaker JBL audio system, wireless phone charging, ventilated front seats,&nbsp;and practical amenities such&nbsp;as vehicle-to-load functionality.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9e</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Mahindra-XEV-9e-1748947601600.webp" alt="Mahindra XEV 9e.webp" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9/">XEV 9e</a>, launched in India in November 2024, starts at Rs 22.65 lakh and goes up to Rs 31.25 lakh (ex-showroom).&nbsp;It is developed on the INGLO EV platform and has a rear-wheel drive configuration.&nbsp;The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xuv-3xo-ev/">Mahindra EV</a> comes with two battery options: a 59kWh variant with 228bhp and a claimed 542km range,&nbsp;and a larger 79kWh version producing 282bhp and up to 656km of range. The XEV 9e is also loaded&nbsp;with features, including a triple-screen dashboard, a 663-litre boot, and a premium Harman Kardon audio system.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra BE 6</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/12/Mahindra-BE-6e2.jpg" alt="Mahindra BE 6" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Priced starting at Rs 19.65 lakh, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/be-6/">Mahindra BE 6 i</a>s part&nbsp;of the company’s Born Electric range. It sets itself apart with its bold styling and a cabin loaded with modern and practical features. The base model is equipped with a 59kWh battery and has a range of 557 kilometres, while higher trims sport a larger 79kWh pack that boosts the range to 683 kilometres. The feature list includes&nbsp;twin 10.25-inch digital displays for instruments and infotainment,&nbsp;multi-zone climate control, wireless charging, and a panoramic glass roof&nbsp;with ambient lighting.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>BYD Sealion 7</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/04/1744787781212-xa72-BYD-Sealion-7-Front-Three-Quarter.webp" alt="BYD Sealion 7-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Following its debut at the 2025 Auto Expo, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/byd/">BYD</a> introduced the Sealion 7 to the Indian market&nbsp;in February, pricing it between Rs 48.90 lakh and Rs 54.90 lakh&nbsp;(ex-showroom). Buyers can opt for either RWD or AWD configurations,&nbsp;both powered by an 82.6kWh battery pack. The RWD model offers 308bhp,&nbsp;380Nm, and 567 kilometres of range. The AWD variant,&nbsp;on the other hand, delivers 523bhp and 690Nm, albeit with a slightly&nbsp;lower 542 kilometres of range.</p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/byd/sealion-7/">BYD Sealion 7 </a>features a 15.6-inch rotating touchscreen, a head-up display, ventilated front seats, and  11 airbags.</p><h2><strong>Hyundai Creta Electric</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740137303886-beom-Hyundai-Creta-EV-Front.webp" alt="Hyundai Creta EV-Front.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Priced at Rs 18.02–24.69 lakh (ex-showroom), the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/creta-electric/">Hyundai Creta Electric</a> also went on sale in India during the Auto Expo earlier this year. </p><p>The EV is available with a 42kWh battery that produces 133bhp and offers a range of 390 kilometres, alongside a 51.4kWh option that develops 169bhp and delivers up to 473 kilometres&nbsp;on a single charge.&nbsp;The Hyundai EV comes fitted with a voice-enabled panoramic sunroof,&nbsp;a 22-litre frunk and a 433-litre boot, and a pair of 10.25-inch digital screens. </p><h2><strong>Kia EV6</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/03/1742987904877-c723-Kia-EV6-Facelift-.webp" alt="New Kia EV6" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Priced starting at Rs 65.96 lakh (ex-showroom), the new <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/ev6/">Kia EV6</a>&nbsp;benefits from a larger 84kWh battery, replacing the earlier 77.4kWh pack.&nbsp;The dual-motor all-wheel-drive system delivers 321bhp and 605Nm,&nbsp;allowing the electric SUV to achieve a claimed range&nbsp;of up to 650km on a full charge.&nbsp;Key features include a 12.3-inch curved display,&nbsp;an enhanced 12-inch heads-up display, and a digital rear-view mirror.</p><h2><strong>VinFast VF 7</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Vinfast-VF7-Front-Three-Quarter-1752756628511.webp" alt="Vinfast VF7-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/vinfast/">VinFast </a>officially entered the Indian market in September with two electric SUVs, one of which is its flagship, the VF 7. Priced from Rs 20.89 lakh (ex-showroom), the India-spec VF7&nbsp; is offered with 59.6kWh and 70.8kWh battery options, and five variants. The Earth variant produces 174bhp and 250Nm, the Wind delivers 201bhp and 310Nm, while the dual-motor&nbsp;Sky generates 347bhp and 500Nm,&nbsp;accelerating from 0–100km/h in 5.8 seconds.&nbsp;The ARAI-certified ranges are rated at 438 kilometres for Earth, 532km for Wind, and 431 kilometres for Sky.&nbsp;Features-wise, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/car-reviews/vinfast-vf6-vf7-first-drive-review-121279/">VF7</a> offers a panoramic&nbsp;fixed glass roof, front ventilated seats,&nbsp;a 12.9-inch infotainment screen, and 7 airbags. </p><h2><strong>BMW iX1 Long Wheelbase</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740141909426-j23d-BMW-iX1-LWB-Front-Three-Quarter.webp" alt="BMW iX1 LWB-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/">BMW </a>iX1 LWB is priced from Rs 49.90 lakh (ex-showroom).&nbsp;It features a 2,800mm wheelbase (108mm longer than the standard model), and is sold in eDrive20L M Sport trim&nbsp;with a 66.4kWh battery&nbsp;and a single PMSM motor&nbsp;producing 201bhp and 250Nm, offering a claimed range of 531 kilometres.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/tata-sierra-prices-for-top-spec-accomplished-and-accomplished-variants-revealed-details-inside-122461/">Tata Sierra Prices for Top-Spec Accomplished and Accomplished+ Variants Revealed: Details Inside</a></p><p>As for the features, the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/ix1-lwb/"> iX1 LWB </a>comes equipped with electrically adjustable&nbsp;front seats with massaging functions,&nbsp;a premium 12-speaker Harman&nbsp;Kardon sound system,&nbsp;and a panoramic sunroof. </p>

Top 10 Electric Cars in India You Can Buy in 2025

If you’re planning to buy an electric car in India, here are the top 10 options from leading brands like Mahindra, Kia, BMW, and Hyundai that are worth considering.

<p>The 2025 edition of the Indian Car Of The Year (ICOTY) awards will take place in January next year, bringing together a jury of motoring journalists to decide the annual winners. Regarded as the Oscar of Indian car awards, ICOTY will name the Indian Car of the Year along with winners in other categories. </p><p>The Premium Car Award 2026 contenders have also been announced, with eight cars shortlisted for the category. These entries cover different body styles, including hatchbacks, sedans, SUVs and convertibles. A total of 19 judges from automotive publications are part of the process, including <em>autoX </em>Editor-in-Chief Dhruv Behl and Consulting Editor Ishan Raghava. The final round of voting is scheduled for December 18, 2025, when the winners across categories will be confirmed.</p><p>The ICOTY 2026 eligibility rules remain unchanged. Only all-new cars and SUVs are eligible, while models with cosmetic updates or limited mechanical changes, including changes to power or drive-train, are not considered. Vehicles must be manufactured or assembled in India and available in showrooms before November 30, 2025. All entries must be homologated for Indian type approval, and CBU imports are excluded. The country of origin does not affect eligibility if local production criteria are met.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/icoty-2026-contenders-announced-maruti-suzuki-victoris-skoda-kylaq-kia-syros-and-more-122472/">ICOTY 2026 Contenders Announced: Maruti Suzuki Victoris, Skoda Kylaq, Kia Syros, and More</a></p><p>For the 21st edition of the ICOTY awards, 18 cars and SUVs are in contention for the main title. From this group, eight premium cars have been shortlisted for the Premium Car Award category. These finalists will be assessed by the jury during the final evaluation stage.</p><h2><strong>BMW iX1</strong></h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/BMW-iX1-LWB-1762950786181.webp" alt="BMW iX1 LWB.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/ix1-lwb/">BMW iX1 LWB</a> uses a compact SUV layout with a closed kidney grille, slim LED headlamps and smooth body lines. It is powered by a front-mounted electric motor paired with a 66.4kWh battery, producing 204bhp and 250Nm.</p><h2><strong>BMW X3</strong></h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/BMW-X3-1762950147311.webp" alt="BMW X3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/x3/">BMW X3</a> is a mid-size SUV which is powered by a 2.0-litre turbo-petrol engine producing 187bhp and 310Nm. The engine is paired with an 8-speed automatic gearbox and an all-wheel-drive system.</p><h2><strong>Mercedes-Benz G-Class</strong></h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/10/Mercedes-Benz-G-Class-G450d-1760349943382.webp" alt="Mercedes-Benz G-Class G450d.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mercedes-benz/g-class/">Mercedes-Benz G-Class</a> diesel keeps the box-shaped body with flat panels, round headlamps and exposed door hinges. Power comes from a 3.0-litre inline-six diesel engine with a 48V mild-hybrid system, paired with a 9-speed automatic and four-wheel drive, producing around 367bhp and 750Nm.</p><h2><strong>MG Cyberster</strong></h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/MG-Cyberster-3-1755515658988.webp" alt="MG Cyberster-3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The <a href="MG Cyberster">MG Cyberster</a> features a low convertible body with scissor-style doors, LED lighting and a wide stance. It runs dual electric motors supported by a 64kWh battery pack. The setup produces 504bhp and 725Nm, with power sent to all wheels through a single-speed transmission.</p><h2><strong>Skoda Kodiaq</strong></h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Skoda-Kodiaq-1762951146203.webp" alt="Skoda Kodiaq.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/kodiaq/">Skoda Kodiaq</a>&nbsp;is&nbsp;a seven-seater SUV with a wide grille, split LED headlamps and a stepped roof. It is powered by a 2.0-litre turbo-petrol engine producing 201bhp and 320Nm, paired with a 7-speed DSG gearbox and a four-wheel-drive system.</p><h2><strong>Skoda Octavia RS</strong></h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Skoda-Octavia-RS-1762492776566.webp" alt="Skoda Octavia RS.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/octavia-rs/">Skoda Octavia RS</a> is a performance sedan with a revised front bumper, larger alloy wheels and RS details. It uses a 2.0-litre TSI petrol engine delivering 265bhp and 370Nm. The engine is paired with a 7-speed DSG gearbox driving the front wheels.</p><h2><strong>Toyota Camry</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Toyota-Camry-1762951796117.webp" alt="Toyota Camry.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/toyota/camry/">Toyota Camry</a> has a broad front fascia, LED headlamps and a roofline that slopes towards the rear. It uses a 2.5-litre petrol engine paired with an electric motor in a hybrid setup. Combined output stands at 227bhp, linked to an e-CVT transmission.</p><h2><strong>Volkswagen Golf GTI</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Volkswagen-Golf-GTI-1762929343019.webp" alt="Volkswagen Golf GTI.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p data-pm-slice="0 0 []">The<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/volkswagen/golf-gti/"> Volkswagen Golf GTI</a> is a hot hatch followed by enthusiasts worldwide. It features twin exhaust outlets and larger wheels. Power comes from a 2.0-litre turbo-petrol engine producing 261bhp and 370Nm, paired with a 7-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission.</p>

ICOTY 2026 Premium Car Contenders Announced: BMW iX1, Mercedes-Benz G-Class, Toyota Camry and More

Here are the eight premium cars shortlisted for the 21st edition of the Indian Car Of The Year awards, with the ICOTY awards scheduled to be held on December 18th, 2025.

<p>The Indian Car of the Year (ICOTY) awards once again set the stage for India’s finest machines to go head-to-head for top honours across multiple categories.&nbsp;With the contenders for Overall Car of the Year, Premium Car of the Year, and Green Car of the&nbsp;Year now announced, anticipation is building ahead of the final verdict. The selections are made&nbsp;by a jury of 19 automotive experts from renowned publications, including Dhruv Behl, Founder&nbsp;and Editor-in-Chief of autoX, and Ishan Raghava, Consulting Editor at autoX and Secretary&nbsp;of ICOTY 2026.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/icoty-2026-premium-car-contenders-announced-bmw-ix1-mercedes-benz-g-class-toyota-camry-and-more-122475/">ICOTY 2026 Premium Car Contenders Announced: BMW iX1, Mercedes-Benz G-Class, Toyota Camry and More</a></p><p> Each car is meticulously gauged on parameters such as pricing, efficiency,&nbsp;design, comfort, safety, performance, innovation, practicality, and overall value. For the 2026 edition,&nbsp;the jury has revealed the shortlisted models, and here’s a closer look at the contenders competing for the Green Car of the Year crown.</p><h2><strong>BMW iX1</strong></h2>
    <p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740141909426-j23d-BMW-iX1-LWB-Front-Three-Quarter.webp" alt="BMW iX1 LWB-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/">BMW </a>launched the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/ix1-lwb/"> iX1 LWB </a>(Long Wheelbase) at Auto Expo 2025. The model, starting at Rs 49.90 lakh (ex-showroom), boasts a 2,800mm wheelbase,&nbsp;which is 108mm longer than the standard iX1. It comes in the eDrive20L M Sport variant,&nbsp;equipped with a 66.4kWh battery and a single PMSM motor delivering 201bhp and 250Nm.&nbsp;BMW claims the SUV can cover up to 531 kilometres on a single charge.</p><h2><strong>BYD Sealion 7<br></strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/04/1744787781212-xa72-BYD-Sealion-7-Front-Three-Quarter.webp" alt="BYD Sealion 7-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/byd/sealion-7/">BYD Sealion 7</a> arrived in India in February, following its 2025 Auto Expo debut, with prices ranging between Rs 48.90 lakh and Rs 54.90 lakh (ex-showroom).</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/icoty-2026-contenders-announced-maruti-suzuki-victoris-skoda-kylaq-kia-syros-and-more-122472/">ICOTY 2026 Contenders Announced: Maruti Suzuki Victoris, Skoda Kylaq, Kia Syros, and More</a></p><p>Buyers can choose between RWD and AWD configurations,&nbsp;both running on an 82.6kWh battery. The RWD model offers&nbsp;308bhp, 380Nm, and a range of 567 kilometres, while the AWD option&nbsp;pushes the figures to 523bhp, and 690Nm, though its range is slightly lower at 542 kilometres.</p><h2><strong>Hyundai Creta Electric</strong></h2>
    <p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740136986584-1swg-Hyundai-Creta-EV-Motion.webp" alt="Hyundai Creta EV-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/">Hyundai </a>launched the all-<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/creta-electric/">electric Creta</a> at the Bharat Mobility Expo, priced between Rs 18.02 lakh and Rs 24.69 lakh (ex-showroom).&nbsp;It offers two battery options: a 42kWh pack with 133bhp and a range of 390 kilometres, and a 51.4kWh unit with 169bhp and a range of 473 kilometres.</p><h2><strong>Kia Carens Clavis EV</strong></h2>
    <p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Kia-Carens-Clavis-EV-1762950356277.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis EV.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/">Kia</a> launched the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/carens-clavis-ev/">Carens Clavis EV</a> in India in July, priced from Rs 17.99 lakh to Rs 24.49 lakh (ex-showroom). The electric MPV comes with two battery options: a 42kWh pack with 404 kilometres of range&nbsp;and a 51.4kWh unit offering up to 490 kilometres of range – powered by a 169bhp,&nbsp;255Nm front motor, capable of 0–100 km/h in 8.4 seconds and supporting 100kW DC fast charging.</p><h2><strong>MG Cyberster</strong></h2>
    <p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Cyberster-1753329984098.webp" alt="Cyberster.webp" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/">MG</a> launched its most powerful model yet, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/cyberster/">Cyberster</a> electric roadster, in July, with prices starting at Rs 74.99 lakh (ex-showroom). The Cyberster comes&nbsp;fully imported and is available exclusively through JSW MG’s premium&nbsp;Select network. It features a 77kWh battery driving dual motors,&nbsp;one on each axle, for a combined 503bhp and 725Nm. It offers a claimed range of 580 kilometres and sprints from 0–100 km/h in just 3.2 seconds, with a top speed capped at 200km/h.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9e</strong></h2>
    <p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/12/Xev-9e-launch.jpg" alt="Xev 9e Launch" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra</a> launched the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9/">XEV 9e</a> in India in November 2024, priced from Rs 22.65 lakh to Rs 31.25 lakh (ex-showroom). Built on the INGLO platform, the electric SUV offers rear-wheel drive&nbsp;with two battery options: 59kWh with 228bhp and 542 kilometres&nbsp;of range, and a larger 79kWh battery pack with 282bhp and 656 kilometres of range.</p><h2><strong>Tata Harrier EV</strong></h2>
    <p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/Tata-Harrier-EV-Front-Three-Quarter-1755511714063.webp" alt="Tata Harrier EV-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Launched in India in June, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/harrier-ev/">Tata Harrier EV</a> is priced between Rs 21.49 lakh and Rs 29.48 lakh (ex-showroom). It is supported by an Acti.ev platform,&nbsp;and can be had with either a 65kWh RWD setup with 235bhp or a&nbsp;75kWh AWD dual-motor version with 390.5bhp and 504Nm,&nbsp;as well as a claimed range of up to 627 kilometres.</p><h2><strong>Tesla Model Y</strong></h2>
    <p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/Tesla_07-1755608580798.webp" alt="Tesla_07.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tesla/">Tesla</a> made its long-awaited debut in India in July with the launch of the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tesla/model-y/"> Model Y</a>, priced between Rs 59.89 lakh and Rs 67.89 lakh.&nbsp;Offered only in rear-wheel-drive form, the electric SUV is available in Standard and Long-Range trims, with claimed WLTP ranges of 500 kilometres and 661&nbsp;kilometres respectively.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/icoty-2026-premium-car-contenders-announced-bmw-ix1-mercedes-benz-g-class-toyota-camry-and-more-122475/">ICOTY 2026 Premium Car Contenders Announced: BMW iX1, Mercedes-Benz G-Class, Toyota Camry and More</a></p><p>Tesla states a 0–100km/h&nbsp;sprint time of 5.9 seconds for the standard variant and 5.6 seconds for the Long Range version.</p>

ICOTY 2026 Green Car Contenders Revealed: Mahindra XEV 9e, BMW iX1 LWB, Hyundai Creta Electric, and More

The Indian Car of the Year Awards 2026 are here, and we take a closer look at the contenders battling for the Green Car of the Year title.

<p>Choosing between the MG Hector and the Hyundai Venue boils down to one main question: do you value space and comfort or compact city maneuverability? Both SUVs are packed with features but appeal to different SUV buyers in India. The MG Hector, recently revised alongside&nbsp;its larger Plus counterpart, stands out with a comprehensive set of safety features and strong value for money. </p><p>Meanwhile, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/venue/">Hyundai Venue,</a> updated in November, continues to impress with agility, efficiency, and smart connectivity. Whether you’re planning long highway trips or managing daily city commutes, this comparison will help you determine which SUV fits best in your garage, lifestyle, and budget.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Hyundai-Venue-Front-1765435732621.webp" alt="Hyundai Venue-Front.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><h2><strong>MG Hector Facelift vs Hyundai Venue: Dimensions</strong></h2><p>The dimensions show the unique segment positioning of the two SUVs. The <a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mg-hector-facelift-launched-in-india-prices-start-at-rs-1199-lakh-122463/">MG Hector Facelift</a> is the larger SUV, boasting maximum cabin space and comfort, while the <a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/new-hyundai-venue-launched-in-india-at-rs-790-lakh-122084/">New Hyundai Venue&nbsp;</a>is a compact one optimised for hassle-free city driving.</p><p>The Hector is 704mm longer, 35mm wider, and 95mm taller,&nbsp;with a 230mm longer wheelbase and a spacious 587-litre boot, compared to the Venue’s 375 litres. </p><p>In contrast, the Venue offers better urban manoeuvrability, with a slightly higher ground clearance of 195mm. In essence,&nbsp;the Hector dominates in roominess and highway comfort, whereas the Venue excels in city-friendly agility.</p><table style="border-collapse:collapse;width: 100%;"><tbody>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Dimensions</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>MG Hector Facelift</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Hyundai Venue</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Difference</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Length</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">4,699mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">3,995mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+704mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Width</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1,835mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1,800mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+35mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Height</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1,760mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1,665mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+95mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Wheelbase</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">2,750mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">2,520mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+230mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Ground Clearance</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">192mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">195mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">-3mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Boot Space</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">587 litres</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">375 litres</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+212 litres</td></tr></tbody></table><h2><strong>MG Hector Facelift vs Hyundai Venue: Engine</strong></h2><p>Post-update, the MG Hector and Hector Plus stick to their familiar engine and gearbox options. Petrol variants come with a 1.5-litre four-cylinder engine producing 141bhp and 250Nm, paired with a 6-speed manual&nbsp;or CVT, while the diesel model offers a 2.0-litre engine with 168bhp and 350Nm, available only with a manual gearbox.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mg-hector-facelift-kia-seltos-and-other-key-car-launches-debuts-to-date-122469/">MG Hector Facelift, Kia Seltos, and Other Key Car Launches/ Debuts to Date</a></p><p>In comparison, the 2025 Hyundai Venue, built on the new K1 global platform,  offers a wider range of powertrains. Buyers can choose from an 82bhp 1.2-litre naturally aspirated petrol (5-speed manual), a 118bhp 1.0-litre turbo petrol (6-speed manual&nbsp;or 7-speed DCT), or a 114bhp 1.5-litre diesel, now available with either a 6-speed manual or a 6-speed torque converter automatic.</p><h2><strong>MG Hector Facelift vs Hyundai Venue: Features</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/MG-Hector-Facelift-Interior-1765786605314.webp" alt="MG Hector Facelift Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The interior of the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/hector/"> MG Hector</a> Facelift feels like a premium lounge, with soft-touch materials, ventilated seats, and a seating capacity for five adults, or even six to seven in the Plus variant. The 2025 update adds a dual-tone Urban Tan theme, a 14-inch iSwipe touchscreen&nbsp;with gesture controls, a panoramic sunroof, a digital auto key, proximity lock/unlock, and an expandable 10GB VRAM module for smoother infotainment.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Hyundai_Venue_First_Drive_Review_Steering_Wheel_autoX-1765861555566.webp" alt="Hyundai_Venue_First_Drive_Review_Steering_Wheel_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>In contrast, the new Hyundai Venue takes a high-tech cockpit approach, with a dual-tone Dark Navy and Dove Grey interior, D-cut steering wheel,&nbsp;2-step reclining rear seats, electrically adjustable driver seat, rear AC vents, sunshades, scooped front seatbacks,&nbsp;and Venue-branded leather upholstery. The most notable feature is the curved dual 12.3-inch display,   a major upgrade over the outgoing 8-inch unit. Both SUVs offer Level 2 ADAS.</p><h2><strong>MG Hector Facelift vs Hyundai Venue: Price</strong></h2><p>The MG Hector Facelift is a more expensive option, with petrol variants starting at Rs 11.99 lakh and topping out at Rs 19.49 lakh (ex-showroom). MG has only released prices for petrol models so far, and these are&nbsp;introductory rates available for a limited number of units.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/tata-sierra-prices-for-top-spec-accomplished-and-accomplished-variants-revealed-details-inside-122461/">Tata Sierra Prices for Top-Spec Accomplished and Accomplished+ Variants Revealed: Details Inside</a></p><p>Meanwhile, the 2025 <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/">Hyundai</a> Venue targets the budget-conscious&nbsp;segment, starting at Rs 7.90 lakh and going up to Rs 15.69 lakh (ex-showroom). These prices are also introductory&nbsp;and valid until December 31, 2025. </p>

MG Hector Facelift vs Hyundai Venue: Price, Specs, Features & Dimensions Compared

We pit the newly updated MG Hector against the feature-packed Hyundai Venue, one of the most popular compact SUVs, to find out which delivers the best value for money.

<p>The new edition of the Indian Car of the Year (ICOTY) awards has returned, with a lineup of contenders competing for top honours in key categories such as Indian Car of the Year, Premium Car of the Year, and Green Car of the Year. Since its inception in 2005, the Indian Car of the Year awards have been the benchmark for evaluating new cars in India. </p><p>They rely on a panel of expert judges who rigorously assess each vehicle based on price, fuel efficiency, design, comfort, safety, performance, practicality, technological innovation, and suitability for Indian driving conditions. Dhruv Behl, Founder and Editor-in-Chief of autoX, and Ishan Raghava, Consulting Editor at autoX and Secretary of ICOTY 2026, are members of a seasoned jury panel representing some of the country’s most renowned automotive publications.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/icoty-2026-premium-car-contenders-announced-bmw-ix1-mercedes-benz-g-class-toyota-camry-and-more-122475/">ICOTY 2026 Premium Car Contenders Announced: BMW iX1, Mercedes-Benz G-Class, Toyota Camry and More</a></p><p>JK Tyre has been the trusted sponsor since the very&nbsp;first edition, adding prestige and credibility to the awards.&nbsp;Here are the shortlisted cars vying for ICOTY 2026.</p><h2><strong>Hyundai Creta Electric</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740137303886-beom-Hyundai-Creta-EV-Front.webp" alt="Hyundai Creta EV-Front.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/">Hyundai </a>introduced the all-<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/creta-electric/">electric Creta</a> at the Bharat Mobility Expo earlier this year. The electric SUV is offered with two battery options and is priced from Rs 18.02 lakh to Rs 24.69 lakh (ex-showroom). The smaller 42kWh pack delivers a claimed driving range of 390 kilometres, while the larger 51.4kWh unit&nbsp;extends that to 473 kilometres. Neatly packaged within the SUV’s underbody, the battery setup lends the&nbsp;Creta EV a clean yet distinctive design with a mild protrusion. Power output stands at 133bhp for the 42kWh&nbsp;variant, rising to 169bhp with the larger battery.</p><h2><strong>Hyundai Venue</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Hyundai-Venue-Motion-1765435540357.webp" alt="Hyundai Venue-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>Hyundai introduced the second-generation<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/venue/"> Venue</a> in India in November, with introductory&nbsp;ex-showroom prices ranging from Rs 7.90 lakh to Rs 15.69 lakh, valid until December 31, 2025.&nbsp;The updated compact SUV has grown in size, measuring 48mm in length, 30mm in width, with a 20mm longer wheelbase.</p><p> Some of the notable updates include a D-cut steering wheel, a new three-spoke design with illuminated accents, and a curved dual 12.3-inch display setup replacing&nbsp;the older 8-inch screen. Built on Hyundai’s new K1 global platform,&nbsp;the 2025 Venue continues with three engine options: a 1.2-litre petrol,&nbsp;a 1.0-litre turbo-petrol, and a 1.5-litre diesel, with&nbsp;both manual and automatic gearbox choices on offer.</p><h2><strong>Kia Carens Clavis EV</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Kia-Carens-Clavis-EV-1762950356277.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis EV.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>Kia launched the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/carens-clavis-ev/"> Carens Clavis EV</a> in India in July, with ex-showroom prices ranging between Rs 17.99 lakh and Rs 24.49 lakh. The electric MPV is offered with two battery options:&nbsp;a 42kWh pack with 404 kilometres of range and a larger 51.4kWh pack with a range of up to 490&nbsp;kilometres (ARAI). Power comes from a single front-mounted motor&nbsp;producing 169bhp and 255Nm, enabling a 0–100km/h sprint in 8.4 seconds,&nbsp;along with support for 100kW DC fast charging.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mg-hector-facelift-kia-seltos-and-other-key-car-launches-debuts-to-date-122469/">MG Hector Facelift, Kia Seltos, and Other Key Car Launches/ Debuts to Date</a></p><p>Key feature highlights include an 8-speaker Bose audio system,&nbsp;V2L functionality, 64-colour ambient lighting, wireless charging&nbsp;for both rows, a ventilated powered driver’s seat, six airbags,  ESC, hill-start assist, and Level 2 ADAS.</p><h2><strong>Kia Syros</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Kia-Syros-1762943251133.webp" alt="Kia Syros.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>Kia introduced the Syros in India in February, positioning it as a more upmarket option above the Sonet. The sub-4-metre SUV is offered with a choice of petrol and diesel engines, including a 1.0-litre turbo-petrol producing 118bhp and 172Nm, and a 1.5-litre diesel generating 114bhp and 250Nm.&nbsp;While a six-speed manual transmission is standard across the range, automatic options differ by powertrain, with the petrol paired to a seven-speed DCT and the diesel&nbsp;using a six-speed torque converter. </p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/syros/">Syros </a>stands out with features such as twin 12.3-inch screens, an eight-speaker Harman/Kardon sound system, a dual-pane panoramic sunroof, a two-spoke steering wheel&nbsp;bearing Kia’s logo, automatic power windows, and multiple Type-C charging points. Its tall stance and 2,550mm&nbsp;wheelbase translate into good cabin space, giving it an edge over rivals like the Brezza, Venue, and Nexon.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9e</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/12/Xev-9e-launch.jpg" alt="Xev 9e Launch" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra</a> introduced the XEV 9e in India in November 2024, with ex-showroom prices ranging from Rs 22.65 lakh to Rs 31.25 lakh. Underpinned by the brand’s INGLO platform, the electric SUV&nbsp;is available with two battery options, both driving the rear wheels via a single electric motor.</p><p>The 59kWh variant delivers 228bhp and offers a claimed range of 542 kilometres, while the larger 79kWh battery raises output to 282bhp and extends the range to 656 kilometres. On the features front, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9/">XEV 9e </a>stands&nbsp;out with a triple-screen cockpit, panoramic glass roof, wireless charging, NFC-based&nbsp;key access, electronically adjustable driver’s seat, and dual-zone climate control.</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki Victoris</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-Victoris-1765437907816.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki Victoris.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/">Maruti Suzuki</a> launched the Arena-badged <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/victoris/">Victoris</a> SUV in India in September. Priced between Rs 10.50 lakh and Rs 19.99 lakh (both, ex-showroom), the car boasts strong safety credentials, including a 5-star rating in both Global NCAP and Bharat NCAP crash tests.&nbsp;It shares its powertrain lineup with the Grand Vitara, and is offered with a 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol engine featuring mild-hybrid technology that produces 102bhp and 137Nm,&nbsp;paired with either a 5-speed manual or a 6-speed automatic gearbox. The same engine is also available in a CNG guise with an underbody-mounted tank,&nbsp;offered exclusively with a 5-speed manual. Additionally, the SUV gets a 1.5-litre strong-hybrid setup delivering 114.4bhp and 141Nm, mated to an e-CVT.</p><p>Feature highlights include a segment-first smart powered tailgate with gesture control, Alexa Auto integration, a 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster, a Dolby Atmos&nbsp;sound system, and six airbags as standard.</p><h2><strong>Skoda Kylaq</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747045823769-aofl-Skoda-Kylaq-Front-view.webp" alt="Skoda Kylaq-Front-view.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/">Skoda</a> launched the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/kylaq/">Kylaq</a> in India in November last year, positioning it as an affordable subcompact SUV in the lineup. The car is priced starting at Rs 7.55 lakh (ex-showroom), and is powered by a 1.0-litre TSI petrol engine that produces&nbsp;114bhp and 178Nm, and is paired with either a six-speed manual or a six-speed automatic transmission. Skoda claims the manual variant&nbsp;can sprint from 0 to 100km/h in 10.5 seconds and reach a top speed of 188km/h.</p><p>The turbo-petrol engine is standard across all four variants—Classic, Signature, Signature+, and Prestige. Prominent highlights include a 10-inch touchscreen with wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay,&nbsp;an 8-inch digital driver display, wireless charging, ventilated and electrically adjustable front&nbsp;seats, along with comprehensive safety tech such as six airbags, ABS with EBD, and traction and stability control.</p><h2><strong>Tata Harrier EV</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/Tata-Harrier-EV-Front-Three-Quarter-1755511714063.webp" alt="Tata Harrier EV-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/">Tata</a> Motors launched the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/harrier-ev/"> Harrier EV</a> in India in June. The SUV is currently priced between Rs 21.49 lakh and Rs 29.48 lakh (both, ex-showroom). It is built on an advanced iteration of the Acti.ev platform, and is available with two battery options.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xuv-7xo-interior-teased-with-triple-screen-layout-ahead-of-india-launch-122467/">Mahindra XUV 7XO Interior Teased with Triple-Screen Layout Ahead of India Launch </a></p><p>Lower variants use a 65kWh battery paired with a rear-mounted motor producing 235bhp, while the flagship trims feature a 75kWh LFP battery with a dual-motor all-wheel-drive setup&nbsp;delivering 390.5bhp and 504Nm. The larger battery offers an MIDC-certified range of up to 627 kilometres.&nbsp;Key features include a new four-spoke steering wheel with an illuminated Tata logo,&nbsp;a Samsung Neo QLED infotainment display, Summon Mode, and six selectable terrain modes.</p>

ICOTY 2026 Contenders Announced: Maruti Suzuki Victoris, Skoda Kylaq, Kia Syros, and More

ICOTY returns with a new edition, and contenders across categories are announced.  Here’s what you need to know about models vying for the Indian Car of the Year 2026. 

<p><strong>-The MG Hector Facelift, Kia Seltos, and Mini Cooper S Convertible have been introduced to the Indian market in December to date.<br>-While the MG and Mini cars are already launched, Kia will reveal prices for the new Seltos on January 2, 2026.</strong></p><p>December has seen some of the most eagerly awaited car launches of the year so far, and we’re here to help car enthusiasts,&nbsp;first-time buyers, and those looking to upgrade get a clear recap of the key highlights.&nbsp;Among the new car launches/debuts are the<a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mg-hector-facelift-exterior-design-teased-ahead-of-india-launch-122405/"> MG Hector Facelift</a>, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/seltos/">Kia Seltos</a>, and the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mini/cooper-s-convertible/">Mini&nbsp; Cooper S Convertible</a>. Here’s all you need to know about them.</p><h2><strong>MG Hector Facelift</strong></h2><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/">MG Motor</a> India has launched the Hector and Hector Plus Facelifts, priced between Rs 11.99 lakh and Rs 19.49 lakh, with&nbsp;introductory rates valid for a limited number of units.&nbsp;Currently, only petrol variant prices have been announced. While the SUV retains&nbsp;its familiar silhouette, it gets notable updates, including two new colours&nbsp;(Celadon Blue and Pearl White), a redesigned hexagonal grille, and refreshed alloy wheels.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xuv-7xo-interior-teased-with-triple-screen-layout-ahead-of-india-launch-122467/">Mahindra XUV 7XO Interior Teased with Triple-Screen Layout Ahead of India Launch</a></p><p>Inside, the Hector facelift features a dual-tone Urban Tan theme and a 14-inch touchscreen with iSwipe gesture controls for intuitive climate and audio management. Mechanically, the petrol&nbsp;models continue with the 1.5-litre engine (141bhp/250Nm) paired with a 6-speed manual&nbsp;or CVT, while diesel versions get a 2.0-litre unit producing 168bhp&nbsp;and 350Nm, offered with a manual gearbox only.</p><h2><strong>Kia Seltos</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Kia-Seltos-SUV-Revealed-1765354522177.webp" alt="New Kia Seltos SUV Revealed.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/">Kia</a> has unveiled the all-new Seltos in India, featuring significant upgrades. Bookings are open for Rs 25,000, with prices set to be announced on January 2, 2026,&nbsp;and deliveries expected by mid-next month. The SUV comes in four core variants&nbsp;– HTE, HTK, HTX, and GTX – with the X-Line package exclusive to the GTX. Built on the new global&nbsp;K3 platform, the engine lineup remains unchanged, offering the familiar 1.5-litre&nbsp;petrol (naturally aspirated and turbo) and diesel options. Exterior updates include a digital&nbsp;tiger-nose grille, squared-off LED headlamps, 18-inch alloys,&nbsp;flush door handles, and LED taillamps linked by a full-width light bar.</p><p>The interior boasts a 30-inch Trinity Panoramic Display Panel, ventilated front seats with memory, rear recliners, Bose 8-speaker audio,&nbsp;64-colour ambient lighting, wireless charging, and advanced features&nbsp;like Kia Connect 2.0, Smart Key Proximity Unlock,&nbsp;and wireless Android Auto/Apple CarPlay.</p><h2><strong>New Mini Cooper S Convertible</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mini-Cooper-S-Convertible-1765436637921.webp" alt="Mini Cooper S Convertible.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The new Mini Cooper S Convertible has landed on our shores, with prices starting at Rs 58.50 lakh (ex-showroom). The premium open-top variant packs a 2.0-litre&nbsp;turbo petrol engine (201bhp/300Nm) and a 7-speed dual-clutch gearbox.&nbsp;It is claimed to hit a top speed of 240km/h and sprint from 0–100km/h in 6.9 seconds. The official fuel efficiency figures stand at 16.39km/l.</p><p>Key highlights of the Cooper S Convertible include 18-inch alloy wheels, four exterior colours, dual-tone interiors, and customisable options&nbsp;for upholstery, roof, and mirror caps. Equipped with the ‘Favoured Pack’,&nbsp;the Cooper S Convertible comes with a central OLED touchscreen infotainment system,&nbsp;a head-up display, parking assist, TPMS, cruise control, powered seats,&nbsp;Harman Kardon sound system, and more. </p><p>The cabin also features&nbsp;a sporty three-spoke steering wheel, highlighted by a&nbsp;high-tension fabric band on the third spoke.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/tata-sierra-prices-for-top-spec-accomplished-and-accomplished-variants-revealed-details-inside-122461/">Tata Sierra Prices for Top-Spec Accomplished and Accomplished+ Variants Revealed: Details Inside</a></p><p>The convertible measures 3,879mm in length, 1,744mm in width (excluding ORVMs), 1,431mm in height, and has a wheelbase of 2,495mm.</p>

MG Hector Facelift, Kia Seltos, and Other Key Car Launches/ Debuts to Date

Among the new car launches/debuts are the MG Hector Facelift, the Kia Seltos, and the Mini  Cooper S Convertible. Here’s all you need to know about them.

<p><strong>-The XUV 7XO gets a wide triple-screen setup, a feature we’ve seen in Mahindra's newest electric models, the XEV 9s and the XEV 9e.<br>-Bookings for the SUV are currently open at a token amount of Rs 21,000.</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra</a> has dropped a new teaser for the XUV 7XO, an updated and rebadged iteration of the XUV700,&nbsp;ahead of its official debut on January 5, 2026. While previous teasers highlighted exterior updates,&nbsp;the new one showcases the interior for the first time, confirming the long-rumoured triple-screen dashboard&nbsp;setup for the updated SUV. </p><p>Bookings for the SUV are currently open at a token amount of Rs 21,000, while pricing details are expected to be revealed next year. Given the added features and updates,&nbsp;the XUV 7XO is likely to be priced higher than the existing XUV700, which is priced between Rs 13.66 lakh and Rs 23.71 lakh (ex-showroom).</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XUV 7XO: What the New Teaser Shows?</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra-XUV-7XO-Interior-Triple-Screen-1765858988174.webp" alt="Mahindra XUV 7XO Interior Triple Screen.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Mahindra has added a wide triple-screen setup in the cabin, a feature we’ve seen in its newest electric models, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9s/">XEV 9s</a> and the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9/">XEV 9e</a>. The layout integrates a digital instrument console, a central touchscreen, and an entertainment&nbsp;display for the front passenger.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra-XUV-7XO-Interior-3-1765858993260.webp" alt="Mahindra XUV 7XO Interior 3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Among other highlights are a beige and tan theme, a powered boss&nbsp;mode for the passenger, an illuminated two-spoke steering wheel, ambient lighting across the cabin, a panoramic sunroof, and Apple CarPlay and Android Auto.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xuv-7xo-pre-bookings-open-dec-15-heres-how-to-book-the-updated-xuv700-122462/">Mahindra XUV 7XO Pre-Bookings Open Dec 15: Here’s How to Book the Updated XUV700</a></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xuv-7xo/">XUV 7XO</a> is likely to come with ventilated rear seats in the six-seater variant, dual-zone auto AC, sliding middle-row seats, and massaging front seats. It will reportedly retain&nbsp;its comprehensive safety suite, ranging from a 360-degree camera to electronic&nbsp;stability control, tyre pressure monitoring system, up to seven airbags, and ISOFIX mounts, and Level 2 ADAS.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra-XUV-7XO-Interior-4-1765858997286.webp" alt="Mahindra XUV 7XO Interior 4.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><h2><strong>Mahindra XUV 7XO: Engine</strong></h2><p>Since this is a facelift, Mahindra is not expected to make any changes to the powertrain. The XUV 7XO should continue with the same lineup, including a 2.0-litre turbo-petrol with&nbsp;197bhp and 380Nm, a 2.2-litre diesel with 153bhp and 360Nm&nbsp;for front-wheel-drive models, and a more powerful 182bhp/450Nm&nbsp;diesel option available with both FWD and AWD.</p>

Mahindra XUV 7XO Interior Teased with Triple-Screen Layout Ahead of India Launch 

Mahindra has teased the interior of the XUV 7X0 ahead of its debut on January 5, 2026. The most notable highlight is the wide triple-screen setup, also found on the XEV 9S and XEV 9e. 

<p><strong>-The Skoda Slavia Facelift features revised headlamps, LED DRLs, and fog lamp housings.<br>-Powertrain options likely to remain unchanged.<br>-Could be priced above the current model, which starts at Rs 10 lakh (ex-showroom).</strong></p><p>Skoda’s popular sedan, the Slavia, is set to receive an update and is likely to debut in a facelifted avatar soon. A test model of the updated Slavia was recently spotted testing&nbsp;in Pune, hinting at the changes in store. Although the car was fully covered,&nbsp;a few updates at the front and rear could still be made out. These include a revised headlamp design with updated LED DRLs and reworked fog lamp housings. The lower&nbsp;grille also appears to come with a 3D pattern finished in piano black.&nbsp;</p><p>That said, the overall stance of the sedan remains unchanged. <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/">Skoda</a> is likely to introduce&nbsp;new alloy wheel designs, as the test car was seen with blacked-out alloys featuring&nbsp;a different spoke pattern. The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/slavia-facelift/">Skoda Slavia facelift</a> is also expected to come with a slightly tweaked rear profile, with minor bumper revisions and new taillamp internals.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/MG-Hector-Facelift-Spied-Testing-2-1765793854411.webp" alt="MG Hector Facelift Spied Testing 2.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><h2><strong>Skoda Slavia Facelift: Interior and Features</strong></h2><p>While the current spy shots focus on the exterior, the Skoda Slavia facelift’s interior is also expected to undergo notable changes. Reports indicate the addition of a new infotainment interface,&nbsp;and a fully digital instrument cluster. The facelifted Slavia could also mark the introduction of Level 2 ADAS in the model range, bringing advanced&nbsp;safety features like forward collision warning, automatic high-beam assist,&nbsp;lane-keeping assist, blind-spot detection, and driver attention monitoring.</p><h2><strong>Skoda Slavia Facelift: Engine</strong></h2><p>The facelifted Skoda Slavia is expected to carry forward the same engine options as the current model. The lineup comprises a 1.0-litre turbo petrol with 113bhp and 178Nm and&nbsp;a 6-speed manual or 6-speed automatic, as well as a 1.5-litre turbo petrol with 148bhp and 250Nm and&nbsp;a 7-speed DSG automatic.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mg-hector-facelift-launched-in-india-prices-start-at-rs-1199-lakh-122463/">MG Hector Facelift Launched in India; Prices Start at Rs 11.99 Lakh</a></p><h2><strong>Skoda Slavia Facelift: Expected Price and Rivals </strong></h2><p>With several styling and updated features, the upcoming Slavia facelift is likely to be priced higher than the current model,&nbsp;which starts at Rs 10 lakh (ex-showroom). It will continue to compete with the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/verna/">Hyundai Verna</a>, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/honda/city/">Honda City</a>, and the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/volkswagen/virtus/">Volkswagen Virtus</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.rushlane.com/2026-skoda-slavia-facelift-spied-in-pune-new-grille-lights-12535943.html?_gl=1*lmyumx*_ga*MjAzMDI1MDY1OS4xNzU5MjkzNDc5*_ga_KY7NC1YCJV*czE3NjU2MDkzMTEkbzU1JGcxJHQxNzY1NjEwNjEzJGo2MCRsMCRoMA..">Image Source</a></p>

Skoda Slavia Facelift India Launch Soon? Test Model Spied with Design and Feature Upgrades

With several styling and updated features, the upcoming Skoda Slavia facelift is likely to be priced higher than the current model, which starts at Rs 10 lakh (ex-showroom).

<p><strong>-Prices for the MG Hector Facelift start at Rs 11.99 lakh and go up to Rs 19.49 lakh (ex-showroom).<br>-The SUV keeps the same engines as before.<br>-Only petrol variant prices are revealed as of now.</strong></p><p>MG Motor India has launched the facelifted Hector and Hector Plus SUVs, with some notable cosmetic improvements. Prices for the new Hector SUV start at Rs 11.99 lakh and go up to Rs 19.49 lakh. Note that these are introductory, and are valid for a limited number of units only.&nbsp;</p><p>The SUV is offered in 5-seater and 7-seater layouts,&nbsp;and has multiple trims to choose from: Style, Select Pro,&nbsp;Smart Pro, Sharp Pro, and Savvy Pro, paired&nbsp;with the 1.5-litre Turbo Petrol engine, offered&nbsp;in MT and CVT options.&nbsp;The base 5-seater Style MT model starts at Rs 11.99 lakh, while the top-spec&nbsp;Savvy Pro CVT 5-seater is priced at Rs 18.99 lakh. The 7-seater Hector&nbsp;starts with the Sharp Pro, ranging from Rs 17.29 lakh (MT)&nbsp;to Rs 19.49 lakh (CVT) for the Savvy Pro. MG has only disclosed prices for the petrol versions. Here’s a detailed look at what’s new in the facelifted Hector.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/MG-Hector-Facelift-Prices-1765786172776.webp" alt="MG Hector Facelift Prices.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <h2><strong>MG Hector Facelift: Exterior</strong></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/">MG Hector </a>facelift has kept its familiar silhouette, but it adds a few key updates for a refreshed and modern look.&nbsp;The most noticeable change is the redesigned grille, now featuring hexagonal slats that&nbsp;replace the previous diamond-patterned design, while&nbsp;the overall size remains unchanged.&nbsp;The air dam below also looks new.&nbsp;The alloys on the SUV have also been refreshed; the 18-inch size remains the same, though. MG has added two new shades to Hector's colour palette:&nbsp;Celadon Blue and Pearl White.&nbsp;</p><p>That said, the split headlight setup, the LED strip connecting the taillamps, bumpers, shark-fin antenna, and dual-tone wheel arch claddings, remains unchanged.</p><h2><strong>MG Hector Facelift: Interior</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/MG-Hector-Facelift-Interior-1765786605314.webp" alt="MG Hector Facelift Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The cabin receives a notable overhaul with a dual-tone Urban Tan theme.&nbsp;The 14-inch touchscreen in the Hector facelift now supports&nbsp;iSwipe gesture controls, giving front occupants the ability&nbsp;to manage climate settings with two fingers and audio with three.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xuv-7xo-pre-bookings-open-dec-15-heres-how-to-book-the-updated-xuv700-122462/">Mahindra XUV 7XO Pre-Bookings Open Dec 15: Here’s How to Book the Updated XUV700</a></p><p>Other amenities include a&nbsp;panoramic sunroof,&nbsp;a digital auto key, and proximity lock/unlock,&nbsp;ventilated seats, and&nbsp;an expandable VRAM module (up to 10GB)&nbsp;for the infotainment unit.</p><h2><strong>MG Hector Facelift: Engine</strong></h2><p>Both the facelifted Hector and Hector Plus SUVs continue to offer familiar engine and gearbox options.&nbsp;Petrol models come with a 1.5-litre four-cylinder engine (141bhp/250Nm),&nbsp;and a 6-speed manual or CVT.&nbsp;On the other hand, the diesel-powered SUV features a 2.0-litre engine with 168bhp and 350Nm and&nbsp;a sole manual gearbox.&nbsp;</p>

MG Hector Facelift Launched in India; Prices Start at Rs 11.99 Lakh

Both the facelifted Hector and Hector Plus SUVs continue to offer familiar engine and gearbox options. Here’s a closer look at the updates in the Hector SUV. 

<p><strong>-Mahindra will open pre-bookings for the XUV 7XO on December 15, 2025, at 12:00 PM, with a token amount of Rs 21,000.<br>-The updated model is slated to debut on January 5, 2026.</strong></p><p>Mahindra is all set to update the XUV700 in India and align it with its latest naming strategy for ICE models by renaming it XUV 7XO, similar to what&nbsp;we’ve seen with the Mahindra XUV 3XO. The updated model is slated to debut on January 5, 2026.</p><p> However, before that, the automaker will open bookings for the revised SUV on December 15, 2025, at 12:00 PM, with a token amount of Rs 21,000.&nbsp;If you’re planning to upgrade your current vehicle or purchase a new SUV for the first time, the updated <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xuv-7xo/">Mahindra&nbsp;XUV 7XO</a> could&nbsp;be an&nbsp;ideal option. Here’s everything you need to know about booking the SUV online or through a dealership.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XUV 7XO: Everything You Need to Know  About Offline Booking</strong></h2><p>Buyers interested in offline booking of the Mahindra XUV 7XO can visit an authorised <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra</a> showroom or get in touch&nbsp;with a dealership executive on phone. </p><p>Currently, customers can reserve&nbsp;the SUV by choosing their preferred fuel option (petrol or diesel)&nbsp;and transmission type (manual or automatic).</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mg-hector-facelift-india-launch-on-december-15-122414/">MG Hector Facelift India Launch on December 15</a></p><p>Information related&nbsp;to variants, features, and test drives will be revealed closer to the launch&nbsp;when the SUV reaches showrooms. </p><p>Once the payment is processed, the dealership will complete the booking formalities,&nbsp;issue an acknowledgement, and keep customers informed about test drives,&nbsp;display vehicles, and delivery timelines.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XUV 7XO: Everything You Need to Know  About Online Booking</strong></h2><p>Customers who want  to pre-book the XUV700 Facelift can do so by visiting Mahindra’s official booking portal.</p><p>After accessing the website, navigate to the ‘SUVs’ category under the Vehicle Type section and select the XUV 7XO from the available models.</p><p>After that, Buyers can personalise the SUV by choosing their preferred engine and gearbox options, keeping in mind that detailed variant information&nbsp;will be revealed closer to the launch.</p><p>Once the configuration is finalised, proceed by selecting a Mahindra dealership in your city or nearby area.</p><p>Log in using your mobile number with OTP or via email ID,&nbsp;enter finance or exchange details if applicable, and complete the&nbsp;booking by paying a token amount of Rs 21,000. </p><h2><strong>Mahindra XUV 7XO: Expected Changes Over the Existing Model</strong></h2><p>The upcoming XUV 7XO is expected to feature a host of noticeable updates over the current XUV700. These include a redesigned grille inspired by the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9s/">XEV 9S</a>, completely new&nbsp;horizontally stacked dual-pod projector headlamps, and revised taillights. Other details include&nbsp;dynamic turn indicators, blacked-out ORVMs, and dual-tone alloy wheels.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/kia-seltos-prices-reveal-on-january-2-variants-features-and-design-explained-122420/">Kia Seltos Prices Reveal on January 2: Variants, Features and Design Explained</a></p><p>Inside, the updated XUV700 is likely to come with upgrades such as a triple-display setup, wireless phone charging, and rear ventilated seats. Core features from the current model,&nbsp;including the panoramic sunroof, a 6-way powered driver’s seat with memory function, 12-speaker Sony audio system, dual-zone climate control, and wireless&nbsp;Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, are expected to carry over.</p>

Mahindra XUV 7XO Pre-Bookings Open Dec 15: Here’s How to Book the Updated XUV700

Planning to upgrade or buy your first SUV? The upcoming Mahindra XUV 7XO could be a strong option. Here’s a complete guide on booking the updated XUV700 online or at a dealership.

<p><strong>-The Tata Sierra Accomplished starts at Rs 17.99 lakh, while the top-spec Accomplished+ begins at Rs 20.29 lakh (both, ex-showroom).<br>-Both trims come with 1.5-litre petrol, turbo-petrol, and diesel engines.</strong></p><p>Tata Motors has finally announced the prices for the remaining two top-spec Sierra variants in India: Accomplished and Accomplished+. These models are positioned above the Adventure versions and come with a wide range of premium features and driver-assistance technology.&nbsp;Bookings for the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/sierra/">Tata Sierra</a> will commence&nbsp;on December 16, with customer deliveries scheduled to begin from January&nbsp;15, 2026.&nbsp;</p><p>Note that the Sierra SUV is available in seven trims,&nbsp;and prices for the Smart+, Pure, Pure+, Adventure, and Adventure+ variants have already been revealed. For now, let’s look at the Tata Sierra ex-showroom prices for the top-spec&nbsp;Accomplished and Accomplished+ variants.</p><table style="border-collapse:collapse;width: 100%;"><tbody>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Engine</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Transmission</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Accomplished</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Accomplished</strong>+</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1.5L NA Revotron Petrol<br></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">MT</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">Rs 17.99 lakh</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">-</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><br></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">DCT</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">-</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">-</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1.5L T-GDI Turbo-Petrol<br></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">AT</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">Rs 19.99 lakh</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">Rs 20.99 lakh</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1.5L Kryojet Diesel<br></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">MT</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">Rs 18.99 lakh</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">Rs 20.29 lakh</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><br></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">AT</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">Rs 19.99 lakh</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">Rs 21.29 lakh</td></tr></tbody></table><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/tata-sierra-price---smart-pure-and-adventure-variants-cost-revealed-122358/">You can check the prices of other variants here.</a></p><h2><strong>Tata Sierra Accomplished, Accomplished+: Features Explained</strong></h2><p><br></p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Tata-Sierra-SUV-Interior-(1)-1764069013623.webp" alt="Tata Sierra SUV Interior (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>The Tata Sierra Accomplished and Accomplished+ trims sit at the top of the lineup, representing the pinnacle of luxury, technology, and convenience. The Accomplished trim builds&nbsp;on the Adventure+’s design with 18-inch alloy wheels, Night Saber Bi-LED booster headlamps,&nbsp;a powered tailgate with gesture control, flush door handles with welcome lights, among other exterior features.&nbsp;</p><p>Inside, it offers leatherette upholstery, ventilated front seats, the Theatre Pro triple-screen setup, which includes a 12.3-inch passenger screen, a 12.3-inch central infotainment&nbsp;display, a 10.25-inch digital cockpit,&nbsp;a 6-way powered driver seat with memory, and a 12-speaker JBL sound system.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Tata-Sierra-SUV-Rear-1764069017192.webp" alt="Tata Sierra SUV Rear.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>The Accomplished+ enhances the amenities for a better experience, featuring welcome and goodbye headlamp animations&nbsp;and progressive side indicators.&nbsp;Inside, it also includes Horizon View Triple-Screen infotainment system,&nbsp;the BreatheIQ air purifier, Amazon Alexa support, and iRA connected car features with personalised modes.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/2025-tata-sierra-top-5-segment-first-features-explained-122397/">2025 Tata Sierra – Top 5 Segment-First Features Explained</a></p><p>Safety and driver-assistance technology also see&nbsp;significant upgrades in the top trims.&nbsp;The Accomplished introduces ADAS Level 2, which includes Lane Keep and Lane Centering Assist,&nbsp;Adaptive Cruise Control with Stop &amp; Go,&nbsp;a 360° HD camera,&nbsp;Traffic Sign Recognition, six airbags, and&nbsp;hill descent control.&nbsp;The Accomplished+ takes this further with ADAS Level 2+, adding&nbsp;Rear Cross-Traffic Alert,&nbsp;Blind Spot Detection, and&nbsp;Door Open and Overspeed Alerts.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>Tata Sierra: Engine</strong></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/">Tata </a>SUV comes with three engines: a 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol (104bhp/145Nm), with a 6-speed manual or 7-speed DCT,&nbsp;a 1.5-litre T-GDI turbo-petrol (158bhp/255Nm)&nbsp;with a 6-speed automatic, and a 1.5-litre&nbsp;diesel (116bhp/260Nm) available&nbsp;with a 6-speed manual or automatic.</p>

Tata Sierra Prices for Top-Spec Accomplished and Accomplished+ Variants Revealed: Details Inside

Tata Motors has revealed the prices for the two top-spec Sierra variants in India: Accomplished and Accomplished+. Positioned above the Adventure trims, these models come with enhanced premium features. 

<p><strong>-The TFT-equipped KTM 160 Duke is priced Rs 7,991 higher than the standard variant.<br>-Mechanically, it remains unchanged.</strong></p><p>KTM has launched a new variant of the 160 Duke in India with a 5-inch colour TFT instrument cluster, priced at Rs 1.79 lakh (ex-showroom). The new variant sits above the base model, which continues to be offered at Rs 1.70 lakh, and is Rs 7,991 more expensive. The new 5-inch colour TFT display features bonded glass and supports Bluetooth connectivity, along with navigation.</p><p>It adds to the overall appeal of the motorcycle and helps in giving riders&nbsp;a more connected and informative riding experience.&nbsp;Other than the addition of the new display,&nbsp;the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/160-duke/">KTM 160 Duke</a> remains unchanged, continuing to offer&nbsp;the same mechanical package and performance characteristics as before.</p><h2><strong>KTM 160 Duke: What's New?</strong></h2><p>The new TFT console brings added connectivity features to the 160 Duke, allowing it to pair with a smartphone via <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/">KTM’s</a> Connect app. Once connected, riders can use turn-by-turn navigation, receive call notifications, and manage music playback with a compatible Bluetooth headset.&nbsp;These functions are controlled through the left-side handlebar switchgear, making them accessible on the move.</p><h2><strong>KTM 160 Duke: Design</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/KTM-160-Duke-1754915306169.webp" alt="KTM 160 Duke.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The KTM 160 Duke borrows its sharp and aggressive styling cues from the larger<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/200-duke/"> 200 Duke</a>. It features an angular front fascia, a muscular fuel tank, and full-LED lighting.&nbsp;To complement its aggressive looks, KTM has focused on keeping weight in check. The motorcycle features bionic lightweight wheels, a reduced-mass hugger tube, and specially cast subframes that help lower overall weight without compromising durability.&nbsp;These elements enhance agility, improve the power-to-weight ratio.&nbsp;Other highlights include a cast pillion step holder and grab rail.</p><h2><strong>KTM 160 Duke: Engine and Hardware</strong></h2><p>The brand-new Duke packs a 164.2cc single-cylinder, liquid-cooled engine that produces 18.7bhp at 9,500rpm and 15.5Nm at 7,500rpm, and is mated to a six-speed gearbox with an assist and slipper clutch.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/triumph-tracker-400-unveiled-in-uk-will-it-come-to-india-122480/"> Triumph Tracker 400 Unveiled in UK; Will it Come to India?</a></p><p>The bike has a steel trellis frame, suspended by 43mm WP upside-down front forks and a rear monoshock with preload adjustment. Braking duties are overseen by a 320mm disc at the front,&nbsp;and a 230mm disc at the rear, with dual-channel ABS.</p>

KTM 160 Duke with TFT Display Launched in India at Rs 1.79 Lakh

KTM has launched a new variant of the 160 Duke in India with a 5-inch colour TFT instrument cluster, priced at Rs 1.79 lakh (ex-showroom).

<p>The 19th Indian Motorcycle of the Year (IMOTY) awards took place in New Delhi, bringing the focus back to machines that keep riders talking long after the helmet comes off. The award for 2026 went to the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/apache-rtx-300/">TVS Apache RTX 300</a>, which did enough on road and on paper to win the jury nod. The<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/390-adventure-2024/"> KTM Adventure 390</a> finished as the first runner-up, while the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ultraviolette/x47-crossover/">Ultraviolette X47</a> secured the second runner-up spot. Together, the three bikes completed a podium.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/maruti-suzuki-victoris-named-indian-car-of-the-year-2026-skoda-kylaq-mahindra-xev-9e-runners-up-122499/">Maruti Suzuki Victoris Named Indian Car of the Year 2026</a></p><p>The results followed a structured evaluation process carried out by the IMOTY jury. The panel included <em>autoX </em>Assistant Editor Shivank Bhatt and Multimedia Producer Karan Mathur, among others. Each shortlisted motorcycle went through checks on performance, usability and value. In the end, the numbers, the ride feel and a bit of rider instinct decided the winner.</p><h2><strong>IMOTY 2026: TVS Apache RTX 300 Named Indian Motorcycle of the Year</strong></h2><p>The TVS Apache RTX 300 brings a fresh chapter to the Apache story, aimed at riders who enjoy long rides as much as weekend detours. Its design shows clear adventure intent with a semi-fairing, tall windscreen, beak-style front and upright riding position. The stance hints at touring days, broken roads and the odd gravel stretch, the kind where riders keep going instead of turning back.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Motion2-1763015522313.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Motion2.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Power comes from a 299.1cc liquid-cooled engine producing 35.5 bhp, paired with a six-speed gearbox. The motor feels built for steady pulls rather than quick sprints, suiting highway runs and mixed conditions. For enthusiasts, the RTX 300 looks like a bike made to rack up kilometres, not just garage time.</p><h2><strong>IMOTY 2026: Judgment Parameters</strong></h2><p>Established in 2007, the Indian Motorcycle of the Year (IMOTY) has grown into a key benchmark for two-wheelers in India. The award is decided by a jury drawn from leading automobile magazines, made up of riders who have spent years chasing lap times, fuel figures and real-world usability. For many manufacturers, winning IMOTY is not just a trophy moment but proof that their bike works where it matters most, on Indian roads.</p><p>The IMOTY 2026 finalists were judged across clear parameters, including price, fuel efficiency, styling, comfort, safety, performance, practicality and value. Technical innovation, ergonomics and suitability for Indian riding conditions also played a role. All shortlisted motorcycles were tested at the Buddh International Circuit.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/IMOTY-2026-1765959155685.webp" alt="IMOTY 2026.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>IMOTY has been backed by JK Tyre since its start in 2007. Deloitte continues as the official knowledge partner, ensuring the selection process follows defined checks.</p><h2><strong>IMOTY 2026: Selection of the Winner</strong></h2><p>IMOTY uses a clear voting system to decide the winner, keeping the process easy to track. Each jury member gets 25 points to share across the nominated motorcycles, with a cap of 10 points for any one model. This keeps things fair and stops a single bike from getting all the love in one go.</p><p>Every juror must score at least five competing motorcycles. This ensures the focus stays on the full field, not only the bike that felt quickest in a straight line. It also leads to more riding, more data, and more discussion after the rides end.<br></p>

IMOTY 2026: TVS Apache RTX 300 Bags Top Honour; KTM 390 Adventure, Ultraviolette X47 Emerge Runners-up

The 19th IMOTY awards in New Delhi saw the TVS Apache RTX 300 win the 2025 title, with KTM Adventure 390 and Ultraviolette X47 finishing as runners-up.

<p><strong>-The 2026 Bajaj Pulsar 220F gets four new colours and LED turn indicators.<br>-Priced at Rs 1.28 lakh, the bike keeps its mechanical setup.</strong></p><p>Bajaj Auto Ltd. has introduced the 2026 <a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/new-bajaj-pulsar-220f-price-leaked-before-its-launch-in-india-112500/">Pulsar 220F</a> in India with subtle yet notable updates, including&nbsp;four new colour options and LED turn indicators. While the motorcycle remains&nbsp;mechanically unchanged, the latest iteration focuses on improving visual&nbsp;appeal and everyday practicality. </p><p>The refreshed graphics and new colour schemes&nbsp;help it stand out in a competitive segment, while the LED turn indicators&nbsp;enhance visibility in heavy traffic and low-light conditions&nbsp;an important advantage for Indian roads. Priced at Rs 1.28 lakh,&nbsp;the 2026 Pulsar 220F is available across Bajaj Auto dealerships nationwide.</p><h2><strong>2026 Bajaj Pulsar 220F: Four New Colour Options</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Bajaj-Pulsar-220F-3-1766065369717.webp" alt="Bajaj Pulsar 220F 3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>Bajaj has expanded the Pulsar 220F’s colour palette with four new paint schemes: Black Cherry Red, Black Ink Blue, Black Copper Beige, and Green Light Copper.&nbsp;&nbsp;The black-based hue enhances the motorcycle’s premium appeal. It is&nbsp;contrasted by red, blue, or copper graphics (based on the colour option).&nbsp;There are also dark grey highlights on the tank and fairing.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/hero-splendor-plus-honda-shine-bajaj-platina-top-5-100cc-bikes-under-rs-80000-in-india-122457/">Hero Splendor Plus, Honda Shine, Bajaj Platina: Top 5 100cc Bikes Under Rs 80,000 in India</a></p><p>The dark green colourway sets itself apart from the black-heavy options, the copper and dark grey graphics adding to the overall look.</p><h2><strong>2026 Bajaj Pulsar 220F: Other Highlights</strong></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/">Bajaj </a>Pulsar 220F now comes equipped with LED turn indicators as standard. Mechanically, however, it retains its previous setup, including a 220cc Twin Spark DTS-i, fuel-injected, oil-cooled single-cylinder engine that produces 20.6bhp of maximum power and 18.55Nm of peak torque. </p><p>Features-wise, the updated Pulsar 220F carries forward a well-rounded set of amenities, including a digital instrument cluster offering Bluetooth connectivity&nbsp;and Ride Connect app support, along with turn-by-turn navigation. It also offers front and rear disc brakes, single-channel ABS, and five-spoke alloy wheels. </p>

Updated Bajaj Pulsar 220F with LED Turn Indicators, New Graphics Launched in India, Priced at Rs 1.28 Lakh

Bajaj has introduced the 2026 Pulsar 220F in India with four new colour options: Black Cherry Red, Black Ink Blue, Black Copper Beige, and Green Light Copper.

<p>Ducati North America has issued a recall for select 2025 Panigale V2 and 2025–2026 Streetfighter V2 motorcycles, emphasising the importance of rider safety and braking confidence. Filed with the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the campaign addresses an assembly issue traced back to a supplier stage. </p><p>For riders, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ducati/panigale-v2/">Panigale V2</a> and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ducati/streetfighter-v2/">Streetfighter V2</a> represent Ducati’s middleweight performance line, making braking reliability a core part of the riding experience.&nbsp;Importantly for global buyers, Ducati has stated that the recall applies only to North America, with no reported cases in markets such as India.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/2025-ducati-streetfighter-v2-launched-in-india-prices-start-at-rs-1750-lakh-122303/">2025 Ducati Streetfighter V2 Launched in India; Prices Start at Rs 17.50 Lakh</a></p><p>The technical issue centres on the ABS wiring layout. The ABS pump requires a 25-amp fuse, while the control unit runs on a 10-amp fuse. In the affected motorcycles, these fuses were installed in reversed positions during assembly. As a result, the lower-rated 10-amp fuse ends up handling the higher electrical load meant for the ABS pump.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/2025-Ducati-Streetfighter-V2-S-1764226496212.webp" alt="2025 Ducati Streetfighter V2 S.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Under sustained or heavy braking, this incorrect setup can cause the fuse to blow. When that happens, the ABS pump stops functioning and the anti-lock braking system switches off. Riders are alerted through an ABS warning light and an error message on the instrument display. Without ABS support, braking can lead to front or rear wheel lock-up, especially during emergency stops.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/2025-ducati-multistrada-v4-pikes-peak-launched-in-india-at-rs-3617-lakh-122109/">2025 Ducati Multistrada V4 Pikes Peak Launched in India at Rs 36.17 Lakh</a></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ducati/">Ducati</a> has instructed authorised dealers across North America to inspect affected motorcycles. Technicians will check fuse positions and holders, correct the layout, and replace any damaged components if required. Ducati will complete all inspections and repairs free of charge as part of the recall process.</p>

Ducati Panigale V2 and Streetfighter V2 Recalled Due to Wheel Lock Concern

Ducati recalls select Panigale V2 and Streetfighter V2 bikes in North America due to an ABS fuse issue that can disable the system, potentially leading to wheel lock-up.

<p><strong>- The Triumph Tracker 400 features wider handlebars, 23mm broader and 134mm lower than the Speed 400.<br>- It is available in three race-inspired colour options.</strong><br><br>Triumph has revealed the Tracker 400 in the UK, which is inspired by vintage flat-track racing machines. The bike has the same underpinnings as the Speed 400, but it adopts a more aggressive character thanks to the Thruxton 400-derived engine tune. While the Tracker 400 is scheduled to hit the streets in the UK in April 2026 at £5,745,&nbsp;its availability in India is yet to be confirmed, even though production will take place here.</p><p> Interestingly,&nbsp;reports suggest <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/">Bajaj</a> is developing a new 350cc engine to comply with updated GST norms, which could pave&nbsp;the way for an India-specific version of the Tracker. Here’s a closer look at everything the new Triumph Tracker 400 has to offer.</p><h2><strong>Triumph Tracker 400: Design</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Triumph-Tracker-400-Rear-1765945496222.webp" alt="Triumph Tracker 400 Rear.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>The bike sets itself apart with flat-track-inspired aesthetics. Design elements such as the number board, compact flyscreen, sculpted fuel tank, and seat cowl add to its raw, race-ready appearance, complemented by modern-classic Triumph&nbsp;cues throughout. Other prominent highlights include wider and lower handlebars (23mm wider and 134mm lower than the Speed 400), rear-set and raised footpegs, and a naturally assertive&nbsp;posture that places the rider in full control. The motorcycle is offered in Racing Yellow,&nbsp;Phantom Black, and Aluminium Silver Gloss, while its 17-inch wheels are shod with Pirelli MT60 RS tyres.</p><h2><strong>Triumph Tracker 400: Engine, Hardware, and Features</strong></h2><p>At the heart of the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/triumph/">Triumph</a> Tracker 400 sits a 398.15cc, liquid-cooled, single-cylinder engine, carried over from the Speed 400 but tuned to Thruxton 400 specifications.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/yamaha-yzf-r2-name-trademarked-india-launch-soon-122465/">Yamaha YZF-R2 Name Trademarked, India Launch Soon?</a></p><p>The unit produces roughly 41.5bhp at 9,000rpm and 37.5Nm at 7,500rpm, and is paired with a six-speed gearbox and a slip-and-assist clutch. The chassis setup mirrors the Speed 400, using a hybrid steel perimeter frame supported by USD front forks and a gas-charged rear monoshock. Stopping power&nbsp;comes from disc brakes at both ends with dual-channel ABS. Other features include&nbsp;ride-by-wire, LED lighting, a semi-digital console, traction control, and ABS.</p>

Triumph Tracker 400 Unveiled in UK; Will it Come to India?

The Tracker 400 is offered in three race-inspired colours: Racing Yellow, Phantom Black, and Aluminium Silver Gloss. Here's all you need to know about Triumph's new 400cc machine. 

<p>The Indian Motorcycle of the Year 2026 (IMOTY 2026) shortlist has been officially revealed, bringing focus back to one of the most followed awards in the Indian two-wheeler space. A jury of leading automotive journalists has selected eight motorcycles that went on sale in India during the eligibility window, with our Assistant Editor Shivank Bhatt and Multimedia Producer Karan Mathur part of the voting panel. The shortlisted motorcycles span key segments that matter to Indian riders, including commuters, cruisers, adventure motorcycles and street nakeds. For enthusiasts, IMOTY often acts as a guide to understanding which new models have delivered on design, engineering and real-world usability. Last year, the Aprilia RS 457 took home the title, raising expectations for this year’s competition. The final winner will be announced on December 18, a date closely tracked by manufacturers, riders and industry watchers alike.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/icoty-2026-contenders-announced-maruti-suzuki-victoris-skoda-kylaq-kia-syros-and-more-122472/">ICOTY 2026 Contenders Announced: Maruti Suzuki Victoris, Skoda Kylaq, Kia Syros, and More</a></p><p>The IMOTY 2026 eligibility rules remain clear and unchanged. Only all-new motorcycles qualify for the award, while existing models with cosmetic updates or minor mechanical revisions, including changes to power or drive-train, are not considered. The motorcycles must be manufactured or assembled in India and available in showrooms before November 30, 2025. All entries must be homologated for Indian type approval, and models brought in via the CBU route are excluded. The country of origin does not matter as long as local production or assembly criteria are met. </p><p>Here are the contenders for the 2026 IMOTY awards:-</p><h2>Honda CB 125 Hornet</h2>
    <p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Honda-CB-125-Hornet-1762924700398.webp" alt="Honda CB 125 Hornet.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The Honda CB125 Hornet follows a streetfighter layout with a short rear section. It uses USD front forks, a rear monoshock and a 240mm front disc brake. Kerb weight is 124kg. Power comes from a 123.94cc air-cooled single-cylinder engine with a 5-speed gearbox, producing 10.9bhp at 7,500rpm and 11.2Nm at 6,000rpm.</p><h2>Kawasaki KLX230</h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Kawasaki-KLX230-1762777591034.webp" alt="Kawasaki KLX230.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The Kawasaki KLX230 carries a dual-sport layout with a high front mudguard and off-road tyres. It features telescopic front forks, a rear monoshock and disc brakes at both ends. Kerb weight stands at 139kg with an 880mm seat height. The 233cc air-cooled single-cylinder SOHC engine with a 6-speed gearbox delivers 18.1bhp and 18.3Nm.</p><h2>KTM 390 Adventure</h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/03/1741846916196-g2go-KTM-390-Adventure-3.webp" alt="KTM 390 Adventure-3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The KTM 390 Adventure uses an adventure touring layout with a windscreen and handguards. Suspension includes WP Apex USD front forks and a rear monoshock, with disc brakes at both ends. Kerb weight is 182kg and seat height is 830mm. It is powered by a 398.63cc liquid-cooled single-cylinder DOHC engine with a 6-speed gearbox, producing 44.25bhp and 39Nm.</p><h2>KTM Enduro R</h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/KTM_Enduro_R_Suspension_Review_autoX-1764747890741.webp" alt="KTM_Enduro_R_Suspension_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The KTM 390 Enduro R follows an enduro layout with a narrow body and underbody protection. It gets WP Apex inverted front forks, an adjustable rear monoshock and disc brakes at both ends. Kerb weight is 177kg with an 860mm seat height. The 399cc liquid-cooled single-cylinder DOHC engine with a 6-speed gearbox produces 45.4bhp and 39Nm.</p><h2>Royal Enfield Classic 650</h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Royal-Enfield-Classic-650-Motion-1762924383682.webp" alt="Royal Enfield Classic 650-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The Royal Enfield Classic 650 uses a roadster layout with a round headlamp and metal parts. It comes with telescopic front forks, twin rear shocks and disc brakes at both ends. Kerb weight stands at 243kg and seat height is 800mm. Power comes from a 647.95cc air-oil cooled parallel-twin engine with a 6-speed gearbox, delivering 46.3bhp and 52.3Nm.</p><h2>TVS Apache RTX</h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Motion-1763015485169.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The TVS Apache RTX features a naked motorcycle layout with a split headlamp and underbody exhaust. It uses USD front forks, a rear monoshock and disc brakes at both ends. Kerb weight is 180kg with an 835mm seat height. The 299cc liquid-cooled single-cylinder engine with a 6-speed gearbox produces 35.5bhp and 28.5Nm.</p><h2>Ultraviolette X47</h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/10/Ultraviolette-X-47-Motion-2-1760426211730.webp" alt="Ultraviolette X-47-Motion-2.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The Ultraviolette X47 follows an electric crossover layout with a front fairing and luggage mounting points. It uses USD front forks, a preload-adjustable rear monoshock and disc brakes at both ends. Kerb weight stands at 197kg with an 820mm seat height. The permanent magnet AC motor paired with 7.1kWh or 10.3kWh batteries delivers 36.2bhp and 100Nm.</p><h2>Yamaha XSR 155</h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Yamaha-XSR155--1763439974959.webp" alt="Yamaha XSR155 .jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The Yamaha XSR 155 uses a cafe racer layout with a round LED headlamp and single seat. Suspension includes telescopic front forks and a rear monoshock, with disc brakes at both ends. Kerb weight is 137kg and seat height is 810mm. It runs a 155cc liquid-cooled single-cylinder engine with a 6-speed gearbox, producing 18.1bhp and 14.2Nm.</p>

IMOTY 2026 Contenders Announced: Royal Enfield Classic 650, TVS Apache RTX and More

The IMOTY 2026 winner is yet to be announced, but the shortlisted motorcycles give a clear view of the models competing for one of the most followed awards in the Indian two-wheeler space.

<p><strong>-Yamaha files YZF-R2 trademark, hinting at a new 200cc faired motorcycle for India</strong></p><p><strong>-YZF-R2 will likely sit between the R15 and R3 in Yamaha’s sports bike range</strong></p><p><strong>-Expected output around 26bhp, with a possible 2026 launch.</strong></p><p>Yamaha has taken a small but interesting step that has caught the attention of motorcycle enthusiasts in India. The company has filed a trademark for the YZF-R2 name, hinting at work behind the scenes on a new fully faired sports motorcycle for the Indian market. The trademark is registered under the motorcycle category and follows similar filings already seen in Europe, Australia and other Asian markets. </p><p>While a trademark filing does not confirm that a new model is coming soon, it usually signals intent to secure the nameplate ahead of future plans. In India, such moves often come before internal discussions on positioning, localisation and pricing. The filing is significant because Yamaha’s current sports range jumps directly from the R15 to the R3, leaving a clear gap that the Yamaha R2 is poised to fill.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/yamaha-r3-70th-anniversary-edition-unveiled-with-red-white-colour-scheme-122319/">Yamaha R3 70th Anniversary Edition Unveiled with Red &amp; White Colour Scheme</a></p><p>If <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/yamaha/">Yamaha</a> does move forward, the YZF-R2 is expected to sit between the R15 and the R3 in the brand’s supersport line-up. The R15 uses a 155cc engine, while the R3 runs a 321cc motor, creating room for a mid-capacity offering. A bike in the 200cc sports bike range would appeal to riders looking for more performance than the R15 without the higher price and running costs of the R3. This would also place the new Yamaha R2 in direct competition with key segment rivals such as the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/rc200/">KTM RC 200</a>, providing a strong alternative for riders stepping up from a 150cc machine.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Yamaha-YZF-R2-India-Trade-Mark-1765792943938.webp" alt="Yamaha YZF-R2 India Trade Mark.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>According to industry reports, the YZF-R2 could be based on a larger version of the R15’s liquid-cooled single-cylinder platform, possibly featuring the Variable Valve Actuation (VVA) technology that Yamaha is known for. Output figures for the 200cc engine are expected to be around 26bhp and 21Nm, offering a clear step up over the R15's performance figures (18.4hp and 14.2Nm). A single-cylinder setup makes sense in this class, helping Yamaha keep manufacturing costs in check while maintaining competitive performance that suits Indian conditions. </p><p>The R15 continues to be an important product for Yamaha in India and the R2 is more likely to sit alongside the R15 rather than replace it. At the top end, the R3 and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/yamaha/mt-03/">MT-03</a> appear to be nearing the end of their current lifecycle in India. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/yamaha-xsr155-accessory-prices-revealed-check-details-here-122245/">Yamaha XSR155 Accessory Prices Revealed; Check Details Here</a></p><p>With no test mules or official timelines for the YZF-R2, expectations point to a possible entry around 2026, with ex-showroom prices estimated near Rs 2.1–2.2 lakh. For riders searching for the latest 200cc Yamaha launch, the trademark filing is the only clear signal of what the company may be planning next.</p>

Yamaha YZF-R2 Name Trademarked, India Launch Soon?

Yamaha trademarks the YZF-R2 name in India, hinting at a new mid-capacity faired bike that could slot between the R15 and R3.

<p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/classic-350/">Royal Enfield Classic 350 </a>is among the most preferred motorcycles on Indian roads by both daily commuters and riding enthusiasts with its timeless design and&nbsp;strong presence. Since its launch in 2009, Royal Enfield has refined the bike, giving it a complete&nbsp;overhaul in 2021 with a new chassis, engine, and improved riding dynamics. </p><p>The 2024 model year&nbsp;update added to its appeal with fresh paint options and subtle feature upgrades, keeping the classic spirit alive.&nbsp;While the Classic 350, currently priced at Rs 2.16 lakh (ex-showroom, Chennai), continues to lead the 350cc segment, riders seeking alternatives can consider&nbsp;the Honda CB350 and Jawa Perak for a distinct combination of style, performance, and features.&nbsp;Let’s take a closer look at these other bikes in the category.</p><h2><strong>Jawa Perak</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/04/2024-Jawa-Perak-Resized.jpg" alt="Updated 2024 Jawa Perak" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/jawa/perak/">Jawa Perak</a> stands out as a compelling choice, with its factory-built Bobber design and sleek, low-slung single seat that offers a unique alternative to the Classic 350’s traditional styling. It starts at Rs 1.99 lakh, and is powered by a 334cc single-cylinder, liquid-cooled engine that produces 29.5bhp and 30.01Nm, and is paired with a 6-speed gearbox.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/hero-splendor-plus-honda-shine-bajaj-platina-top-5-100cc-bikes-under-rs-80000-in-india-122457/">Hero Splendor Plus, Honda Shine, Bajaj Platina: Top 5 100cc Bikes Under Rs 80,000 in India</a></p><p>With details like the dual-channel ABS, matte black finish, floating rider seat, and bar-end mirrors, the Perak appeals to enthusiasts who want&nbsp;a combination of great aesthetics and robust engine performance.</p><h2><strong>Honda CB350</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Honda-CB350-1752830612153.webp" alt="Honda CB350.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/cb350/">Honda CB350</a> ( also available as the H'ness CB350 and the sportier CB350RS versions) is Honda’s answer to growing demand for the modern classic. The bike packs a 348.36cc, air-cooled, single-cylinder engine that generates 20.78bhp and 29.5Nm. Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC), all-LED lighting, and optional Bluetooth smartphone connectivity make the CB350 a reliable option in the segment. It is priced starting at Rs 1.97 lakh. The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/cb350c/">CB350C </a>starts at Rs 1.88 lakh, while the CB350 H'ness begins at Rs 1.92 lakh.&nbsp;Depending on the CB350 version, the bike offers slightly&nbsp;different features and design upgrades.</p><h2><strong>Yezdi Roadster</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/09/Yezdi-Roadster-web-6-1757748087538.webp" alt="Yezdi Roadster web 6.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/yezdi/roadster/">Yezdi Roadster</a>, updated earlier this year, offers a rugged and stylish alternative to the Classic 350 and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/hunter-350/">Hunter 350</a>.&nbsp;It is powered by the all-new 350cc Alpha2 liquid-cooled engine that generates&nbsp;29bhp and 30Nm. This engine is paired with a 6-speed gearbox and an assist and slipper clutch. Key highlights include&nbsp;wider rear tyres, a chopped fender, and a range of segment-first customisation options. The bike starts at Rs 1.93 lakh (ex-showroom).</p><h2><strong>Bajaj Avenger</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/10/Bajaj-Avenger-220-Cruise.jpg" alt="Bajaj Avenger 220 Cruise" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The Bajaj Avenger comes across as an accessible and comfortable cruiser in the segment,  which positions itself as a budget-friendly option against its larger&nbsp;capacity rivals. The Avenger range in India features the Street 160 and<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/avenger-cruise-220/"> Cruise 220</a>. With long handlebars and a relaxed seating posture, these bikes&nbsp;offer a comfortable, laid-back ride experience while keeping that timeless cruiser charm intact. The Bajaj Avenger Cruise comes equipped with a 220cc oil-cooled DTS-i FI engine that develops 18.76bhp and 17.55Nm. It features&nbsp;a low-slung, wide seat and upright handlebars, single-channel ABS, and a 280mm front disc brake. The Bajaj Avenger 220 Cruise is priced from Rs 1.37 lakh.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>Royal Enfield Hunter 350</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/2025-RE-Hunter-350-riding-1754025217856.webp" alt="2025 RE Hunter 350 riding.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/hunter-350/">Hunter 350</a> offers a modern, city-friendly alternative to the Classic 350, bringing the trusted J-series engine into a more compact&nbsp;and lightweight roadster package.&nbsp;While it shares the same 349cc air-oil-cooled engine platform, the bike produces 20.2bhp of maximum power and 27Nm of peak torque.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/vida-dirte-k3-electric-dirt-bike-launched-in-india-at-rs-69990-122459/">Vida Dirt.E K3 Electric Dirt Bike Launched in India at Rs 69,990</a></p><p>The Hunter 350’s lighter frame and smaller dimensions make it much more agile and responsive in urban traffic. Key highlights include&nbsp;an LED headlight, dual-channel ABS, and 17-inch wheels. It is priced starting at Rs 1.62 lakh.&nbsp;</p>

Looking Beyond Royal Enfield Classic 350? Here Are 5 Bike Options You Can Explore

Looking for good alternatives to the Classic 350? Here are some models from brands like Yezdi, Jawa, and Bajaj that you can consider.

<p>Looking for 100cc bikes under Rs 80,000? You’re in the right place! We’ve summed up some of the most reliable&nbsp;options from reliable brands like <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/hero/">Hero</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/">Honda</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/">TVS</a>, and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/">Bajaj</a>. The entry-level 100cc commuter segment is renowned for its fuel efficiency and rock-solid reliability, making these&nbsp;bikes the perfect choice for daily transportation for millions. </p><p>Here, we explore the top five options&nbsp;currently available under Rs 80,000 (ex-showroom price), highlighting their&nbsp;engine specifications, key features, and current market prices. So, without further ado, let’s read about them.</p><h2><strong>Hero Splendor Plus </strong></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/hero/splendor-plus/">Hero Splendor Plus </a>is one of the favorite options in the 100cc category, said to deliver a mileage of around 70km/l.&nbsp;It’s powered by a 97.2cc air-cooled,&nbsp;single-cylinder OHC engine that produces 8.08bhp at 8,000rpm&nbsp;and 8.05Nm at 6,000rpm, and is paired with a 4-speed gearbox. It boasts&nbsp;a 9.8-litre fuel tank capacity, 165mm ground clearance, and a 112 kg kerb weight. It is priced between&nbsp;Rs 73,902 and Rs 76,437 (ex-showroom, Delhi).</p><h2><strong>Honda Shine 100</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/03/Honda-Shine-100-static.jpg" alt="Honda Shine 100 " style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Another top choice in the 100cc segment is the <a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/honda-shine-100-review-getting-the-basics-right-113076/">Honda Shine</a>. It runs on a&nbsp;98.98cc air-cooled, single-cylinder engine that delivers 7.28bhp at 7,500rpm and 8.05Nm of torque at 5,000rpm, paired with a 4-speed gearbox.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/ather-rizta-crosses-2-lakh-unit-sales-milestone-in-india-122448/"> Ather Rizta Crosses 2 Lakh Unit Sales Milestone in India</a></p><p>Key features include Honda’s eSP (Enhanced Smart Power) technology, a Combined Braking System (CBS), and a digital instrument cluster (DX variant). It offers a claimed mileage of around 65km/l, and has a 9-litre fuel tank, 99 kg kerb weight, 786mm seat height, and 168mm ground clearance. The prices for the Honda bike start at Rs 64,004 (ex-showroom, Delhi).</p><h2><strong>Hero HF Deluxe</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Hero-HF-Deluxe-Pro-(1)-1753347602648.webp" alt="Hero HF Deluxe Pro (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/hero/hf-deluxe/">Hero HF Deluxe</a> is one of India’s most affordable motorcycles, priced between Rs 57,992 and Rs 68,485 (ex-showroom, Delhi).&nbsp;It packs the same 97.2cc air-cooled, 4-stroke engine as the Splendor Plus.&nbsp;The HF Deluxe delivers a claimed mileage of around 65km/l.&nbsp;It has a 9.6-litre fuel tank, 805mm seat height, 112 kg kerb weight, and 165mm ground clearance.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>Bajaj Platina 100</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Bajaj-Platina-100-1-1765539929465.webp" alt="Bajaj Platina 100 1.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/platina-100/">Bajaj Platina 100 </a>is a widely preferred option for its remarkable mileage figures (approximately 75km/l)&nbsp;and comfortable ride quality.&nbsp;It has a 4-stroke DTS-i single-cylinder 99.59cc engine&nbsp;that produces 8.08bhp at 7,500rpm and 8.3Nm of torque at 5,500rpm, and is mated to a 4-speed gearbox.&nbsp;The bike offers 200mm of ground clearance and an 807mm saddle height.&nbsp;It weighs 117 kg and comes equipped with an 11-litre fuel tank. Prices for the bike start at Rs 65,407 (ex-showroom, Delhi).&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>TVS Radeon</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/10/TVS-Radeon-Base-Edition-All-Black.jpg" alt="TVS Radeon Base Edition All Black Colour" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>With its slightly upsized 109.7cc unit, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/radeon/">TVS Radeon</a> secures a position on our list, producing 8.08bhp at 7,350rpm and 8.7Nm at 4,500rpm. Its sturdy metal body, LED DRLs, and wide, comfortable seat make it a dependable companion on rough roads, while higher variants add modern elements like a digital instrument cluster and a USB charging port.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/harley-davidson-x440-t-launched-in-india-at-rs-279-lakh-122392/">Harley-Davidson X440 T Launched in India at Rs 2.79 Lakh</a></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/">TVS</a> bike claims a mileage of 68.6km/l and has a 10-litre fuel tank. It tips the scales at 113 kg (Drum) and 115 kg (Disc), while offering 180mm of ground clearance. Prices for the TVS commuter start at Rs 55,400 and reach up to Rs 78,200 (ex-showroom, Delhi)</p>

Hero Splendor Plus, Honda Shine, Bajaj Platina: Top 5 100cc Bikes Under Rs 80,000 in India

Looking for 100cc bikes under Rs 80,000? Here are some of the reliable options from trusted brands like Hero, Honda, TVS, and Bajaj. 

<p><strong>-The Vida Dirt.E K3 is designed specifically for kids aged 4–10.<br>-It will be available in Red, Purple, and White colours.<br>-Priced at Rs 69,990 for the first 300 units.</strong></p><p>Vida, the electric division of Hero MotoCorp, has launched the Dirt.E K3 in India, priced at Rs 69,990 for the first 300 buyers.&nbsp;The electric off-road machine is designed specifically for kids&nbsp;aged 4 to 10, giving them their first taste of dirt biking and helping them begin their motorsport journey with a foundation as strong as steel. </p><p>The DIRT.E K3 is the result of a global collaboration&nbsp;between Hero Tech Centre Germany and the Centre of Innovation and Technology in Jaipur. It will be manufactured at <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/vida/">Vida’s</a> eco-conscious, state-of-the-art facility in Tirupati, Andhra Pradesh. Read on for more details.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/hero-motocorp-unveils-vida-ubex-vxz-dirte-and-more-at-eicma-2025-122104/">Hero MotoCorp Unveils Vida Ubex, VXZ, Dirt.E, and More at EICMA 2025</a></p><h2><strong>Dirt.E K3: Here's All You Need to Know</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Vida-Dirt.E-K3-Electric-Dirt-Bike-1-1765599410142.webp" alt="Vida Dirt.E K3 Electric Dirt Bike 1.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The Dirt.E K3 has a classic off-road silhouette,&nbsp;a sleek, narrow frame, and a high-mounted, beak-style front fender. It is designed with longevity in mind, featuring a three-stage adjustable system that&nbsp;allows seamless transitions between&nbsp;small, medium, and large configurations using just a single tool.&nbsp;By adjusting the seat height and wheelbase, the system ensures&nbsp;the motorcycle evolves with the child, extending its usability over multiple years.&nbsp;</p><p>Additionally, optional front and rear suspension components can be added when the rider progresses to a level that benefits from them.</p><p>The DIRT.E K3 features a 350W continuous motor with a 500W peak output, paired with a 360Wh removable battery that can be charged easily at home. The battery fully charges in roughly three hours and provides up to three hours of ride time, depending on terrain and mode. </p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/hero/">Hero</a> says that the battery’s detachable design enhances convenience and safety, making it easier for parents to charge it indoors.&nbsp;The battery is held securely by a magnetic connector, while the sealed casing shields it from dust and moisture.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Vida-Dirt.E-K3-Electric-Dirt-Bike-2-1765599501085.webp" alt="Vida Dirt.E K3 Electric Dirt Bike 2.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The bike comes with three selectable ride modes – Beginner, Amateur, and Pro – with maximum speeds of 8km/h, 16km/h, and 25km/h, respectively. Through a dedicated app, parents can manage&nbsp;the bike’s speed settings, restrict certain modes,&nbsp;and keep track of their&nbsp;child’s riding activity.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/hero-vida-vx2-go-34kwh-variant-launched-in-india-at-rs-102-lakh-122143/">Hero Vida VX2 Go 3.4kWh Variant Launched in India at Rs 1.02 Lakh</a></p><p>The bike also includes 16-inch spoked wheels, and a single rear hydraulic disc brake. It puts safety first, with an over-moulded wiring harness, a child-scaled brake lever,&nbsp;impact-absorbing elements, and a magnetic lanyard kill switch.&nbsp;</p>

Vida Dirt.E K3 Electric Dirt Bike Launched in India at Rs 69,990

Vida, the electric division of Hero MotoCorp, has launched the Dirt.E K3 in India, priced at Rs 69,990 for the first 300 buyers. The dirt bike gets a three-stage adjustable system and speed-regulated riding modes.

<p><strong>-The Rizta currently accounts for more than 70% of Ather Energy’s total sales. <br>-Key Highlights include a spacious seat, segment-leading storage of up to 56 litres, and a certified range of up to 159 kilometres.</strong></p><p>Ather Energy has announced that its family-oriented electric scooter, the Rizta, has sold over 2 lakh&nbsp;units since its launch in April 2024. While the first one lakh units were sold over almost a year, the remaining units followed in  just six months since May 2025.&nbsp;According to Ather, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ather/rizta/">Rizta</a> makes up more than 70% of the company’s total sales.&nbsp;It complements Ather’s performance-driven 450 series as a more practical option.&nbsp;</p><p>The popularity of Rizta is driven by its combination of comfort, affordability, space, and safety. The family-focused scooter focuses on everyday practicality and modern technology,&nbsp;with a spacious, comfortable seat, a segment-leading storage of up to 56 litres, and a certified range of up to 159 kilometres.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/05/Ather-Rizta-riding-rear.jpg" alt="Ather Rizta Riding Rear" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><h2><strong>Ather Rizta: Key Details&nbsp;</strong></h2><p>The Rizta marks a shift in <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ather/">Ather Energy’s</a> approach, from performance-oriented scooters to a model designed for comfort and convenience, targeting Indian families. It has a user-friendly design and is available in a wide range of colour options.&nbsp;Other key highlights include upright ergonomics, robust body panels, a long, spacious seat, and a flat floorboard, AtherStack navigation, over-the-air updates, and family-oriented safety features&nbsp;like SkidControl, FallSafe, Emergency Stop Signal, and TheftSafe.&nbsp;</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/11/Ather-Rizta-2.jpg" alt="Ather Rizta 2" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The scooter gets a massive 56-litre storage capacity, including a 34-litre under-seat&nbsp;boot and optional 22-litre front storage, which makes it ideal for family commutes&nbsp;and daily errands.</p><p>The Ather Rizta is competitively priced, starting at Rs 1.05 lakh (ex-showroom), and is available in two variants, S and Z.&nbsp;It offers three battery options (2.7kWh, 2.9kWh, and 3.7kWh), delivering an IDC range between 123 kilometres and 159 kilometres.&nbsp;Both variants pack 4.3kW (5.77bhp) of peak power and 22Nm of maximum torque,&nbsp;enabling a top speed of 80km/h and a 0–40km/h acceleration in just 4.7 seconds.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/2026-honda-cb125r-unveiled-with-four-new-colour-options-122343/">2026 Honda CB125R Unveiled With Four New Colour Options</a></p><p>In terms of market competition, the Rizta competes directly with popular Indian electric scooters like the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/iqube/">TVS iQube</a> and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/chetak/">Bajaj Chetak.</a></p>

Ather Rizta Crosses 2 Lakh Unit Sales Milestone in India

The Ather Rizta locks horns with several popular Indian electric scooters in the segment, including the TVS iQube and Bajaj Chetak. 

<p><strong>-The ECU software update for the affected Husqvarna Svartpilen 401 will resolve the potential engine stall while optimising&nbsp;low-end torque and engine stability. <br>-It will be free of charge and will only be carried out by&nbsp;authorised dealers.</strong></p><p>Husqvarna has initiated a global recall for the Svartpilen and<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/husqvarna/vitpilen-401/"> Vitpilen 401</a> motorcycles, manufactured between 2024 and 2026, to address a potential engine&nbsp;stall issue caused by a rare ECU condition. In an official press statement, the Swedish manufacturer&nbsp;revealed that internal quality inspections identified this uncommon condition, which may cause the engine&nbsp;to stall at low RPMs. </p><p>As part of the recall, all affected motorcycles will receive an ECU software update.&nbsp;The ECU update, according to <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/husqvarna/">Husqvarna</a>, will resolve the potential engine stall while optimising&nbsp;low-end torque and engine stability, resulting in an improved overall ride performance. </p><h2><strong>Husqvarna Svartpilen 401 Recall: How to Get Your Free Software Update</strong></h2><p>Husqvarna has stated that owners whose motorcycles are affected by the recall will receive a personal letter notifying them of the issue. They are invited to schedule a complimentary software&nbsp;update at any authorised Husqvarna Mobility dealership. The update is free of charge and will only be carried out by&nbsp;authorised dealers to ensure proper handling.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/harley-davidson-x440-t-launched-in-india-at-rs-279-lakh-122392/">Harley-Davidson X440 T Launched in India at Rs 2.79 Lakh</a></p><p>Riders can also confirm whether their bike is part of the recall and find nearby dealerships through the 'Service' section on Husqvarna Mobility’s official website.</p><p>Husqvarna offers the Svartpilen and Vitpilen in India, but the current global recall affects 401 models, and here the Vitpilen features a 250cc unit. The  Svartpilen 401 carries a price tag of Rs 2.97 lakh (ex-showroom) in India. The bike comes with a 398.6cc, single-cylinder,&nbsp;liquid-cooled engine that produces 43.64bhp and 39Nm, and is mated to a six-speed gearbox. </p><h2><strong>KTM 390 Duke, Adventure, Enduro R,&nbsp;and More Recalled</strong></h2><p>The most recent Husqvarna recall comes shortly after <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/">KTM</a> initiated a similar global action for its 390 series motorcycles, addressing a potential engine stall&nbsp;issue linked to the 399cc single-cylinder platform.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/tvs-ronin-agonda-edition-launched-in-india-at-rs-131-lakh-122356/">TVS Ronin Agonda Edition Launched in India at Rs 1.31 Lakh</a></p><p>The recall affects the 2024–2026&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/390-duke/">KTM 390 Duke </a>as well as the 2025–2026 <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/390-enduro-r/">390 Enduro R</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/390-smc-r/">390 SMC R</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/390-adventure-r/">390 Adventure R</a>, and&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/390-adventure-x/">390 Adventure X</a> models sold in international markets. According to KTM,&nbsp;internal testing revealed that the engine could stall at low RPMs or while&nbsp;decelerating, which may result in a loss of drive in city&nbsp;traffic or during slow off-road manoeuvres.</p>

Husqvarna Svartpilen 401 Recalled Over Engine Stall Risk

Husqvarna has initiated a global recall for the Svartpilen and Vitpilen 401 motorcycles, manufactured between 2024 and 2026, to address a potential engine stall issue. 

<p>Harley-Davidson has launched the CVO Street Glide and CVO Road Glide in India as part of its 2025 lineup, giving its Grand American Touring range a bigger push in the market.  The CVO Street Glide comes in at Rs 63.03 lakh (ex-showroom), while the CVO Road Glide sits at Rs 67.37 lakh (ex-showroom). </p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/harley-davidson/">Harley-Davidson</a> says deliveries will begin through authorised dealerships as stock reaches the Showrooms, keeping early customers lined up for the first batch and helping the company build a stronger base in India's large-displacement segment.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/new-harley-davidson-x440-t-revealed-know-about-specs-features-and-expected-price-122321/">New Harley-Davidson X440 T Revealed – Know About Specs, Features, and Expected Price</a></p><p>The CVO Street Glide and CVO Road Glide sit in Harley-Davidson’s Custom Vehicle Operations programme, which covers limited-production touring motorcycles. The Street Glide uses a fork-mounted Batwing fairing for highway use, and the Road Glide gets a frame-mounted Sharknose fairing. Both models feature adjustable rear suspension and dual front discs with ABS to support stability on long rides.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Harley-Davidson-CVO-Road-Glide-1765173104998.webp" alt="Harley-Davidson CVO Road Glide.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Power for both motorcycles comes from the Milwaukee-Eight VVT 121 engine. This 1,982.83cc air-and oil-cooled V-twin produces 115 hp at 4,500 rpm and 189Nm at 3,000 rpm, with variable valve timing helping maintain torque across the rev band. The engine pairs with a six-speed gearbox and belt final drive. A 25.2-litre fuel tank supports longer touring routes across highways without frequent stops.</p><p>Both models use the Skyline OS infotainment unit, built around a 12.3-inch touchscreen that handles navigation, media, and connectivity. The setup supports Apple CarPlay, Android Auto, ride settings, system diagnostics, and onboard navigation functions. Audio layouts differ between the two models due to their fairing designs.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/ktm-390-duke-adventure-enduro-r-and-more-recalled-over-engine-stall-issue-122357/">KTM 390 Duke, Adventure, Enduro R and More Recalled Over Engine Stall Issue</a></p><p>Buyers can choose from exclusive paint options and finishes under the CVO programme. Both motorcycles come with hard saddlebags with power locks, two-up seating, and passenger footboards.&nbsp;These features support the touring needs of riders in India’s premium motorcycle space.</p>

Harley-Davidson CVO Street Glide, CVO Road Glide Launched in India; Prices Start at Rs 63.03 Lakh

The Harley-Davidson CVO Street Glide and CVO Road Glide feature the Milwaukee-Eight VVT 121 engine, updated tech, touring hardware, and CVO-exclusive touches.

<p><strong>-The X440 T gets two riding modes (Road and Rain), ride-by-wire, switchable traction control, and switchable rear ABS.<br>-It features a redesigned rear subframe with new tail and grab handles.<br>-The bike mechanically remains unchanged.</strong></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/harley-davidson/">Harley-Davidson</a> X440 T has been launched in India, following its earlier unveiling that highlighted&nbsp;several notable upgrades over the standard X440 on which it is based. This is the second model&nbsp;to emerge from the Harley–Hero partnership and now takes the position of the flagship offering in the range,&nbsp;priced at Rs 2.79 lakh (ex-showroom). </p><p>Bookings will commence on December 7, 2025, both at Harley-Davidson&nbsp;and Hero Premia dealerships, alongside the brand’s dedicated online portal. In addition to the&nbsp;introduction of the X440 T, the company has reduced the prices of the Vivid and S variants. Here’s everything you need to know.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Harley-Davidson-X440-T--1764647049760.webp" alt="Harley-Davidson X440 T .jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <h2><strong>Harley-Davidson X440 T: What's New?</strong></h2><p>The bike stands out from the standard X440 with a redesigned rear subframe. The updated three-quarter section closes the gap&nbsp;between the fender and wheel, resulting in a slender, more proportionate look. The all-new tail unit, paired with&nbsp;redesigned grab handles, not only sharpens the overall look but also improves pillion comfort. The X440 T also features a wider and flatter handlebar.&nbsp;It is offered in four colour options: Vivid Black,&nbsp;Pearl Red, Pearl White, and Pearl Blue.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/harley-davidson-x440-first-ride-review-is-this-the-perfect-sports-cruiser/">Harley-Davidson X440 First Ride Review: Is this the Perfect Sports Cruiser?</a></p><p>In terms of technology, the X440 T gains ride-by-wire, two selectable riding modes (Road and Rain), switchable rear ABS, switchable traction control, and a Panic  Braking Alert system. The X440 T weighs 192 kg, which makes it 1.5 kg&nbsp;heavier than the regular model.</p><h2><strong>Harley-Davidson X440 T: Engine and Hardware</strong></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/harley-davidson/x440-t/">X440 T</a> has the same 440cc air-oil-cooled single-cylinder engine that produces 27.3bhp and 38Nm, and is paired with a six-speed gearbox. It also continues to feature a 43mm KYB&nbsp;USD front fork with 130mm of travel and twin gas-charged rear shock&nbsp;absorbers with 7-step preload adjustment. Braking is handled by a 320mm front disc&nbsp;and a 240mm rear disc.</p><h2><strong>Harley-Davidson X440 Vivid, S Prices Reduced in India</strong></h2><p>The price of the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/harley-davidson/x440/"> X440</a> S variant has been reduced by Rs 24,600, now costing Rs 2.55 lakh, down from Rs 2.79 lakh.</p><p>Meanwhile, the Vivid variant has received a Rs 25,000 price cut and is now priced at Rs 2.34 lakh, reduced from its&nbsp;earlier price of Rs 2.59 lakh. All are ex-showroom prices. </p>

Harley-Davidson X440 T Launched in India at Rs 2.79 Lakh

Alongside introducing the X440 T, Harley-Davidson has reduced the prices of the Vivid and S variants. Here’s everything you need to know.

<p>KTM has announced a global recall for several motorcycles in its 390 line due to a possible engine stall issue linked to the new 399 cc single-cylinder platform. The recall covers the 2024–2026<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/390-duke/"> KTM 390 Duke</a> and the 2025–2026 390 Enduro R, 390 SMC R, 390 Adventure R and 390 Adventure X sold in international markets. KTM says internal tests showed the engine could stall at low rpm or while slowing down, which may cause a loss of drive in city traffic or slow off-road sections. </p><p>This can also lead to a tip-over during tight turns or U-turns. The recall is a preventive step to reduce low-speed issues. <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/">KTM</a> adds that units sold in India are not part of this recall, even though production for global markets happens in the country. The company states that the update is meant to help riders manage low-speed use in daily and off-road conditions.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/ktm-390-enduro-r-first-ride-review---r-eality-check-120728/">KTM 390 Enduro R First Ride Review - R-eality Check</a></p><p>The recall applies to motorcycles using the 399 cc engine platform from the 2024–2026 model years. Husqvarna Svartpilen 401 and Vitpilen 401, built in India for export and using the same engine, are also included. The brand reports that the issue is tied to the ECU software and not to hardware. Older 373 cc 390 models are not part of this recall because the issue affects only the newer engine platform</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/KTM_Enduro_R_Engine_Review_autoX-1764747862703.webp" alt="KTM_Enduro_R_Engine_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The fix is a software update for the engine control unit. The new ECU map aims to lower the chances of stalling and improve low-rpm control. No hardware parts need replacement. The update will be done at no cost at authorised KTM and Husqvarna workshops.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/industry-news/bajaj-auto-takes-full-control-of-ktm-heres-everything-you-need-to-know-122260/">Bajaj Auto Takes Full Control Of KTM: Here's Everything You Need to Know</a></p><p>KTM will contact owners in global markets. Riders can also check recall status through service channels or dealers. The ECU update will be completed at approved centres, and KTM advises customers to book a slot. </p><p>KTM and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/">Bajaj</a> state that the recall covers only selected export VIN ranges and does not include units sold in India. Overseas riders are urged to complete the update for the latest software, while Indian owners remain outside this recall.</p>

KTM 390 Duke, Adventure, Enduro R and More Recalled Over Engine Stall Issue

KTM has recalled global 390 models over an engine stall issue linked to the 399cc platform, with a free ECU update offered. India-sold units are not affected.

<p>TVS Motor Company has launched the Ronin Agonda Edition in India for Rs 1.31 lakh (ex-showroom). The new edition made its first appearance at MotoSoul 5, where TVS spoke about strengthening community-led events and building brand engagement through rider-focused programmes. The Ronin Agonda Edition continues TVS’ pattern of creating special versions based on the same platform to keep the lineup new for buyers. TVS seems to be using this strategy to maintain interest in a segment that sees regular updates from rival brands.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/tvs-apache-rtx-first-ride-review---uphill-battle-122195/">TVS Apache RTX First Ride Review - Uphill Battle</a></p><p>The Ronin Agonda Edition keeps the familiar 225.9 cc single-cylinder engine from the standard model. It stays with the five-speed gearbox and carries all functional features already offered in the Ronin range. TVS has not changed the power or torque figures, which means the riding experience remains the same as the regular variants. The bike produces 20.1 bhp and 19.93Nm of torque.&nbsp;</p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/">TVS</a> has given the Agonda Edition a coastal-themed design that helps it stand out from the rest of the lineup. The bike gets a dual-tone paint scheme, edition-specific graphics, and a unique seat pattern created only for this model. It also features a special badge, making it easy to identify among other variants.</p><p>At MotoSoul 5, TVS also revealed updates for its Apache range, including the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/apache-rtx-300/">Apache RTX 300 </a>20th Anniversary Edition, marking a milestone for the Apache name. Alongside the Ronin Agonda Edition, these updates underline TVS’ wider plan for its premium motorcycle portfolio and its ongoing push for community-led brand events.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/tvs-ntorq-150-first-ride-review-the-best-150cc-scooter-121751/">TVS Ntorq 150 First Ride Review: The Best 150cc Scooter?</a></p><p>Deliveries for the Ronin Agonda Edition are expected to begin soon. Sitting near the top end of the Ronin range in terms of pricing, the Agonda Edition gives TVS another option to keep the lineup competitive as new models continue to enter the segment.</p>

TVS Ronin Agonda Edition Launched in India at Rs 1.31 Lakh

Ronin Agonda Edition arrives with a new theme and design updates, expanding the TVS Ronin lineup while keeping the mechanical package unchanged.

<p><strong>-The TVS Apache RTX 20th Anniversary Edition gets a black-and-gold paint scheme.<br>-It mechanically remains unchanged from the standard Apache RTX 300.</strong></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/apache-rtx-300/">RTX 300</a> has become the most recent&nbsp;Apache to get a special edition, marking&nbsp;the 20th anniversary of the series (a legacy that began in 2005).&nbsp;It adds a unique livery for commemorative styling while retaining RTX's touring capabilities, making it a truly special edition for the fans of the brand. </p><p>The core design remains the same, but the eye-catching&nbsp;black-and-champagne-gold paint job sets the&nbsp;RTX 300 20th Anniversary Edition apart from the standard model.&nbsp;The bodywork’s rich black surface&nbsp;is adorned with flowing gold highlights, while alloy wheels have a dual-tone scheme (black and gold). That said, the rest of the bike remains unchanged.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>TVS Apache RTX 300 20th Anniversary Edition: Look</strong></h2><p>The Lightning Black (a standard colour option) base is accented by a champagne gold stripe across the tank and shrouds, featuring the ‘Apache’ logo prominently.&nbsp;The headlamp cowl and front wheel are highlighted in gold,&nbsp;while the rear wheel is finished in black with gold touches. From the fuel tank and front fender&nbsp;to the sump guard and rear tail section, red detailing&nbsp;is carefully applied, complemented by matching red brake calipers.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/tvs-ronin-agonda-edition-launched-in-india-at-rs-131-lakh-122356/">TVS Ronin Agonda Edition Launched in India at Rs 1.31 Lakh</a></p><p>The red-painted central frame&nbsp;offers a sharp visual contrast with the original black or white frames of the bike.</p><h2><strong>TVS Apache RTX 300 20th Anniversary Edition: Engine, and Other Details</strong></h2><p>Mechanically, the RTX 300 20th Anniversary Edition continues to use a 299.1 cc single-cylinder, liquid-cooled DOHC engine&nbsp;with four valves that churns out maximum power of 36bhp and a peak torque of 28.5Nm, and is paired with a six-speed manual transmission. </p><p>The bike comes equipped with modern features, including a bi-directional quickshifter, ride-by-wire, an assist-and-slipper clutch, and four selectable ride modes.</p><h2><strong>More Highlights</strong></h2><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/">TVS </a>launched the Ronin Agonda Edition in India at an ex-showroom price of Rs 1.31 lakh. The Agonda Edition adds a coastal-inspired&nbsp;style to the TVS lineup. It sports a&nbsp;dual-tone paint scheme, edition-exclusive graphics,&nbsp;and a one-of-a-kind seat pattern,&nbsp;which helps it stand apart.&nbsp;A special badge adds the&nbsp;finishing touch.&nbsp;</p>

TVS Apache RTX 300 Debuts 20th Anniversary Edition in Bold Black-Gold Livery

The RTX 300 has become the most recent Apache to get a special edition, marking the 20th anniversary of the series (a legacy that began in 2005).

<p><strong>-The new variant of the Bajaj Pulsar N160 comes with gold USD forks and a single-piece seat.<br>-It is available in four colours: Pearl Metallic White, Racing Red, Polar Sky Blue, and Black.</strong></p><p>Bajaj Auto has launched a new variant of the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/pulsar-n160/">Pulsar N160</a>, giving customers more options to choose from. What is different? The variant features&nbsp;gold-anodised upside-down front forks and a single-piece seat, priced at Rs 1.24 lakh (ex-showroom). </p><p>According to <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/">Bajaj</a>,&nbsp;the update caters to riders who prefer the comfort of a single-seat setup, paired with a practical&nbsp;design and the appeal of the gold-finished USD fork. The Bajaj Pulsar with Gold USD Forks, Single Seat is offered in colours: Pearl Metallic White, Racing Red, Polar Sky Blue, and Black.&nbsp;It stands out as a commuter-friendly and stylish option for both seasoned and young riders.</p><p>Speaking on the launch, Sarang Kanade, President, MCBU, Bajaj Auto Ltd., said, 'The new Pulsar N160 with gold USD forks and a single seat has been developed from customer insights and our commitment to the evolving needs of the industry. This upgrade delivers enhanced&nbsp;comfort, with a premium stance while staying the N series represents – power, precision,&nbsp;control, along with an unmatched riding experience.'</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/industry-news/bajaj-auto-takes-full-control-of-ktm-heres-everything-you-need-to-know-122260/">Bajaj Auto Takes Full Control Of KTM: Here's Everything You Need to Know</a></p><p>He also added, 'We hope to induct a generation&nbsp;of Pulsarmaniacs with the new Pulsar N160, and introduce them to the world of the Definitely Daring.'</p><h2><strong>Bajaj Pulsar N160: Variants and Price</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Bajaj-Pulsar-N160-Variant-With-Single-seat-and-Gold-USD-Fork-side-1764916599486.webp" alt="Bajaj Pulsar N160 Variant With Single-seat and Gold USD Fork  side.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The N160 series comprises four variants. It starts with the entry-level Single Seat with Twin Disc, priced at Rs 1.13 lakh. The  Dual Channel ABS&nbsp;version costs Rs 1.17 lakh. Meanwhile, the new Single Seat with USD fork is available for Rs 1.24 lakh. The top-spec Split Seat with USD is priced at Rs 1.26 lakh. All prices are ex-showroom.&nbsp;</p><table style="border-collapse:collapse;width: 100%;"><tbody>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Variants</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Prices (ex-showroom)</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Single Seat, Twin Disc</strong><br></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 1.13 lakh</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Dual Channel ABS<br></strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 1.17 lakh</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Single Seat with USD<br></strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 1.24 lakh</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Split Seat with USD<br></strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 1.26 lakh</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><h2><strong>Bajaj Pulsar N160: Engine</strong></h2><p>The new variant remains mechanically unchanged, and it uses the same 164.82cc, single-cylinder engine that produces 15.7bhp at 8,750rpm and 14.65Nm of torque at 6,750rpm, and is paired with a 5-speed transmission.</p>

Bajaj Pulsar N160 With Gold USD Forks, Single Seat Launched in India; Priced at Rs 1.24 Lakh

The new variant of the Bajaj Pulsar N160 features gold-anodised upside-down front forks and a single-piece seat, priced at Rs 1.24 lakh (ex-showroom).

<p><strong>-The 2026 Honda CB125R launch in India remains uncertain,&nbsp;largely due to its premium positioning in the segment.<br>-Globally, the bike gets four new colour options.<br>-Engine remains unchanged. </strong></p><p>Honda has updated the CB125R with four new colour options: Matt Rock Gray,&nbsp;Matt Lucent Silver Metallic, Zefiro Blue Metallic, and Matt Pearl Diaspro Red.&nbsp;What makes these colours stand out is the contrasting CB125R branding on the side shrouds,&nbsp;paired with negative-style Wing emblems on the fuel tank. It is to be noted that&nbsp;Honda has only added new colour options, while the engine remains unchanged. </p><p>Although the update adds&nbsp;to Honda’s global entry-level lineup, the bike’s launch in India remains uncertain,&nbsp;largely due to its premium positioning. Premium features such as liquid&nbsp;cooling and Showa USD forks will make the CB125R fall under a higher price bracket,&nbsp;making it unsuitable for India’s price-conscious commuter buyers.</p><h2><strong>2026 Honda CB125R: Engine and Hardware</strong></h2><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/">Honda</a> hasn’t altered the CB125R’s technical package. The bike continues to extract power from a 125cc liquid-cooled single-cylinder engine&nbsp;that produces a maximum power output of 15bhp. Transmission duties are carried out by a five-speed unit.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/track-test/honda-cb-125-hornet-wins-bike-of-the-year---autox-awards-2025-122155/">Honda CB 125 Hornet Wins Bike of the Year - autoX Awards 2025</a></p><p>Up front, the bike features 41mm Showa Separate Function Big Piston (SFF-BP) USD forks, while the rear uses a non-adjustable monoshock. Stopping&nbsp;power comes from a 296mm hubless floating front disc with a&nbsp;radial-mount Nissin four-piston calliper, and a 220mm rear&nbsp;disc with a single-piston calliper. The brakes are&nbsp;supported by two-channel ABS. Other highlights include 816mm seat height, 130 kg kerb weight,&nbsp;140mm ground clearance, and a 5-inch TFT display. </p><h2><strong>Other Highlights</strong></h2><p>Honda introduced the 2026 <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/cb750-hornet/">CB750 Hornet</a> for the global market with multiple updates, including an optional E-Clutch system. Visually,&nbsp;the streetfighter retains its aggressive stance, it gains four new colour options:&nbsp;Graphite Black and Matt Ballistic Black Metallic with red frames, Wolf Silver Metallic, and Iridium Grey Metallic.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/honda-bikes-scooters-get-price-cuts-of-up-to-rs-18887-after-gst-update-121730/">Honda Bikes, Scooters Get Price Cuts of Up to Rs 18,887 After GST Update</a></p><p>Mechanically, the bike continues to use a 755cc parallel-twin engine, which makes 90bhp at 9,500rpm and 75Nm at 7,250rpm. Premium hardware&nbsp;includes Showa SFF-BP front forks, a linked rear monoshock, twin 296mm front discs and a 240mm rear disc, and dual-channel ABS. </p>

2026 Honda CB125R Unveiled With Four New Colour Options

Honda has updated the CB125R with four new colour options: Matt Rock Gray, Matt Lucent Silver Metallic, Zefiro Blue Metallic, and Matt Pearl Diaspro Red.

<p><strong>-The Tiger Sport 800 Tour offers a combined luggage capacity of 106 litres.<br>-It is 18 kg heavier than the standard version.</strong></p><p>Triumph has introduced the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/triumph/tiger-sport-800/">Tiger Sport 800 Tour</a>, with an extensive range of touring-focused features for long-distance comfort. While the engine&nbsp;and chassis remain unchanged from the standard Tiger Sport 800, the Tour variant sets itself apart with a suite of official Triumph accessories as standard. These include knuckle guards, a dual Comfort Seat, a centre stand,&nbsp;and heated grips. </p><p>The bike’s touring capabilities are further enhanced by an aluminium luggage rack with integrated, colour-matched panniers (with 57 litres of storage space), a twin-helmet top box (49 litres) with dual&nbsp;backrest pads. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/triumph-thruxton-400-first-ride-review-nailing-the-cafe-racer-spirit-121483/">Triumph Thruxton 400 First Ride Review: Nailing the Cafe Racer Spirit?</a></p><p>The Tour variant also adds a Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Compared to the standard Tiger&nbsp;Sport 800 (214 kg), the new version is 18 kg heavier, weighing 232 kg.</p><h2><strong>Triumph Tiger Sport 800 Tour: Colours</strong></h2><p>The Tiger Sport 800 Tour comes with two eye-catching colour options. The first option is Matt Cobalt, featuring deep blue shades contrasted with Matt Sapphire&nbsp;Black and gold highlights. The second option is Carnival Red, delivering a vivid,&nbsp;glossy look with matching Sapphire Black and gold accents.</p><h2><strong>Triumph Tiger Sport 800 Tour: Engine, Hardware, and Other Details</strong></h2><p>The Tiger Sport 800 Tour is powered by the same 798cc liquid-cooled triple unit as the standard model. This unit churns&nbsp;out 113bhp at 10,750rpm and 84Nm at 8,500rpm, with 90% of torque available&nbsp;in the mid-range for smooth, responsive acceleration.&nbsp;The bike has a tubular steel frame with a pressed-steel swingarm, Showa 41mm USD forks, and a rear monoshock, both offering 150mm travel.</p><p>Other highlights include radial callipers, Cornering ABS, Michelin Road 5 tyres on 17-inch wheels, an adjustable windscreen,&nbsp;an 18.6-litre fuel tank, an 835mm seat height, three riding modes, TPMS, and My <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/triumph/">Triumph</a> connectivity. </p>

Triumph Tiger Sport 800 Tour Revealed Globally – Gets a Major Upgrade in Standard Touring Accessories

While the engine and chassis remain unchanged from the standard Tiger Sport 800, the Tour variant sets itself apart with a suite of official Triumph accessories as standard.

<p>FanCode has renewed its exclusive F1 digital streaming rights in India until the end of the 2028 season, extending its partnership with Formula 1 that began in 2024. The multi-year agreement confirms FanCode as the sole platform for live Formula 1 coverage in India for the next three seasons, covering a phase when the sport is set for major change on track. For Indian fans, the deal means continuity, with the same app carrying every session across the calendar without disruption. From early Friday practice to the final laps on Sunday, Formula 1 will remain accessible in one place. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/red-bull-moto-jam-2026-heads-to-delhi-lindblad-set-for-f1-car-run-122481/"> Red Bull Moto Jam 2026 Heads to Delhi; Lindblad Set for F1 Car Run</a></p><p>As part of the renewed agreement, FanCode will continue to stream full Formula 1 race weekends. Coverage includes all practice sessions, qualifying, Sprint races and the main Grands Prix across the season. The deal also extends beyond India to include Bangladesh, Nepal and Sri Lanka under a wider South Asian rights package. This ensures that fans across the region receive the same race weekend access through a single digital platform, keeping coverage uniform and easy to follow.</p><p>The new contract also brings F1 TV Pro and F1 TV Premium subscriptions into the FanCode ecosystem. These will be available directly on the FanCode app, allowing users to access live feeds, on-board cameras, team radio, archives and official Formula 1 shows. For fans who enjoy following race strategy, driver communication and data during a Grand Prix, this integration places all official Formula 1 content alongside FanCode’s live streams in one service.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/03/1741662629202-6sba-F1-Australian-Grand-Prix.webp" alt="F1 Australian Grand Prix" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Formula 1 has placed its Indian fanbase at around 79 million, showing growth since FanCode became its digital partner in 2024. FanCode has supported this rise through fan screenings, city-based events and full weekend coverage. These efforts have helped build viewing habits around entire race weekends, not just Sunday races.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-2026-rules-explained-drs-out-overtake-mode-in-for-next-season-122493/">F1 2026 Rules Explained: DRS Out, Overtake Mode In for Next Season</a></p><p>FanCode has also expanded its offering with Hindi and Tamil commentary options for Formula 1 races.  The renewed deal runs into Formula 1’s next era, with new rules arriving in 2026, new teams like Audi and Cadillac joining the grid, and Indian-origin driver Arvid Lindblad set to enter Formula 1 with Racing Bulls, giving local fans another reason to tune in.</p>

F1: FanCode Retains Formula 1 Stream Rights in India Till 2028

F1 streaming in India stays with FanCode till 2028, with full race weekend coverage, regional language feeds, and South Asia rights for Bangladesh, Nepal and Sri Lanka.

<p>F1 is changing its rulebook for 2026, and this time the focus is less on hidden systems and more on what the driver actually does in the car. The new rules aim to explain racing in a way that fans can follow without a degree in engineering. Instead of hearing about complex hybrid settings or aerodynamic tricks, viewers will see drivers switching between overtake, boost and recharge modes during a race. The idea is simple: when a move happens on track, fans should know why it happened. Alongside this shift in language, Formula 1 cars will also change in size, weight, aerodynamics and power delivery. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-portuguese-gp-replaces-dutch-gp-for-2027-season-122479/">F1: Portuguese GP Replaces Dutch GP for 2027 Season</a></p><p>Together, these updates are meant to improve racing, sharpen strategy calls and put more pressure on the person holding the steering wheel.</p><h2>F1 2026: Cars' Size and Weight</h2><p>From 2026, F1 cars will be smaller and lighter. Minimum weight drops by 30kg to 724kg, including tyres. The wheelbase reduces to 3,400mm, while overall width shrinks to 1,900mm. The front wing becomes 100mm narrower, and the rear wing switches to a three-element design without a beam wing. </p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/F1-2026-Wheels-1766039307245.webp" alt="F1 2026 Wheels.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Tyres stay at 18 inches but lose width, with a 25mm cut at the front and 30mm at the rear. Floor width is reduced by 150mm, with flatter floors replacing ground-effect tunnels. These changes reduce downforce by 15 to 30 per cent and drag by up to 55 per cent. In short, cars get leaner, faster on straights, and more demanding to drive.</p><h2>F1 2026: Active Aerodynamics and DRS exit</h2><p>Active aerodynamics will replace fixed systems in 2026. Front and rear wing flaps will open on straights to cut drag and close in corners to add grip. This system works on designated straights and is available to all drivers, every lap. As a result, DRS will be removed from Formula 1. No more waiting for a detection zone or a timing line. </p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/F1-2026-Car-Revealed-Front-Wing-1766038749685.webp" alt="F1 2026 Car Revealed Front Wing.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Revised wake control allows cars to follow more closely. The focus moves away from complex floors to cleaner airflow, meaning following another car should feel less like driving into a wall of air.</p><h2>F1 2026: New Power Units and Energy Use</h2><p>The 1.6-litre V6 turbo-hybrid stays, but its role changes. From 2026, power splits evenly between combustion and electric output. The engine produces 400kW, while electric power rises to 350kW. The MGU-H is removed, and energy recovery per lap doubles through braking and lift-off. Cars will use sustainable fuel made from waste, non-food biomass or carbon capture. </p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/F1-2026-Car-Revealed-Top-Shot-1766038736863.webp" alt="F1 2026 Car Revealed Top Shot.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Ferrari, Mercedes, Audi, Honda and Red Bull Powertrains (with Ford) will supply engines. Cadillac joins the grid as an eleventh team using Ferrari units, with General Motors planning its own power unit from 2029.</p><h2>F1 2026: Overtake Mode Takes Over</h2><p>DRS makes way for driver-controlled energy modes. Overtake mode activates when a car is within one second of the one ahead at set detection points, delivering up to 0.5MJ of extra electric energy. Boost mode releases full hybrid power for attack or defence when the battery allows. </p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/F1-2026-Car-Revealed-Rear-1766038755922.webp" alt="F1 2026 Car Revealed Rear.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Recharge mode refills the battery through braking, lift-off or partial throttle. Power to the leading car reduces beyond 290km/h, making passes more likely. In simple terms, drivers now decide when to attack, when to defend, and when to save energy, with fewer excuses if it goes wrong.</p><h2>F1 2026: Safety Updates for the New Era</h2><p>Safety remains a key part of the 2026 rules. The survival cell faces tougher tests, while roll hoop strength increases to handle a 20G load, up from 16G. The front impact structure adopts a two-stage design to deal with secondary crashes. </p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/F1-2026-Car-Halo-1766039227489.webp" alt="F1 2026 Car Halo.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The FIA worked with teams and Formula 1 to finalise these changes. The new rules aim to improve racing, support sustainability and keep safety standards high as Formula 1 enters its next phase after the 2025 season.</p>

F1 2026 Rules Explained: DRS Out, Overtake Mode In for Next Season

F1’s 2026 rules drop DRS and bring driver-controlled overtake modes, smaller cars, active aerodynamics and new hybrid power, changing how races are fought and followed.

<p>Red Bull Moto Jam is set to return to India in 2026, with Delhi confirmed as the host city for the second edition of the motorsport event. After its debut in Chennai, the festival now moves to the National Capital Region as part of Red Bull’s venue rotation strategy. The Delhi round is planned as an early-season attraction, scheduled ahead of the 2026 F1 season that begins in March. While the exact date is yet to be announced, work is underway to prepare city roads for the programme. For motorsport fans, the move to Delhi brings the action closer to a new audience and places global racing machinery in the heart of the capital. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/exclusive-stories/inside-the-mind-of-f2s-youngest-race-winner-and-f1-prospect---exclusive-interview-with-arvid-lindblad-121742/">Inside the Mind of F2’s Youngest Race Winner and F1 Prospect - Exclusive Interview with Arvid Lindblad</a></p><p>The main draw of the Delhi edition will be a Formula 1 car run on public roads. This will be the first F1 showrun in India since Red Bull Racing’s street event in Mumbai in 2023. The run will form part of the wider Moto Jam schedule, which blends car and motorcycle demonstrations into one continuous programme. Alongside the F1 car, the event will include drifting and bike stunt segments on a closed road layout. The format is designed to let spectators watch the action from close quarters, creating a street-level motorsport experience rather than a traditional grandstand view.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/09/Arvid-Lindblad-(2)-1757749162372.webp" alt="Arvid Lindblad (2).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Racing Bulls Formula 1 driver Arvid Lindblad has been confirmed as the headline name for Red Bull Moto Jam 2026 in Delhi. Lindblad will drive a Racing Bulls or VCARB-branded Formula 1 car during the showrun. This will mark his first public F1 demonstration since being confirmed as a full-time Formula 1 driver. The appearance comes just ahead of his debut season. Details of the exact chassis and technical package will be shared closer to the event date.</p><p>The Moto Jam format brings several motorsport disciplines together in one place. The Delhi line-up will feature F1 showruns, stunt biking, freestyle motocross, drifting and stunt car displays. As seen in Chennai, these segments will run in sequence, allowing fans to follow every activity from one viewing zone. The structure is aimed at uniting car and bike fans through shared live performances.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-red-bull-signs-isack-hadjar-for-2026-season-arvid-lindblad-joins-racing-bulls-122329/">F1: Red Bull Signs Isack Hadjar for 2026 Season, Arvid Lindblad Joins Racing Bulls</a></p><p>Red Bull’s Delhi event builds on its recent motorsport efforts in India, including the Mumbai F1 street run with a 2011 Championship-winning car. Moto Jam expands that idea into a larger festival format. Details on tickets, schedules and participant lists will be announced closer to the 2026 Formula 1 season.</p>

Red Bull Moto Jam 2026 Heads to Delhi; Lindblad Set for F1 Car Run

Red Bull Moto Jam will return in 2026 with Delhi as the host city, headlined by an F1 street run featuring Racing Bulls driver Arvid Lindblad.

<p>F1 has confirmed a major calendar change for the 2027 season, with the Portuguese Grand Prix set to replace the Dutch Grand Prix after Zandvoort’s exit in 2026. The decision marks the end of Zandvoort’s recent spell on the F1 calendar, which began with its return in 2021 and will conclude after the August 2026 race. From 2027, F1 will race at the Algarve International Circuit in Portimao under a new two-year agreement that runs through the 2028 season. For fans, this move brings back a circuit that delivered memorable races during a disrupted period in the sport. For F1, it reflects a continued focus on rotating venues, managing logistics, and balancing fan demand across regions while maintaining its target of a 24-race championship each season.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-2026-car-launches-and-livery-reveal-dates-confirmed-so-far-122471/">F1 2026: Car Launches and Livery Reveal Dates Confirmed So Far</a></p><p>The Algarve circuit last hosted F1 in 2020 and 2021, when the championship was reshaped due to the Covid-19 pandemic. Portimao stepped in as a replacement venue after several races were cancelled, helping keep the season on track. Lewis Hamilton won both Portuguese Grands Prix held at the circuit during that period. Attendance was limited due to health rules, but the races still drew attention from fans and teams. The 4.6km layout, with its elevation changes and flowing corner sequence, placed emphasis on car balance and tyre control, which drivers frequently highlighted during race weekends.</p><p>Portugal’s link with F1 stretches back well before Portimao. The country hosted the Portuguese Grand Prix at Estoril from 1984 to 1996, making it a regular stop on the calendar for over a decade. Earlier championship races also took place between 1958 and 1960, including events in Porto and at Monsanto Park near Lisbon.</p><p>Zandvoort’s departure will come after six consecutive Grands Prix since its return. The circuit became known for its banking and drew strong crowds from across the Netherlands. However, local authorities confirmed that infrastructure costs and other issues influenced the decision not to extend the contract beyond 2026.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-audi-reveals-official-team-name-and-car-launch-date-122468/">F1: Audi Reveals Official Team Name and Car Launch Date</a></p><p>Portuguese officials have backed F1’s return to Portimao. Prime Minister Luis Montenegro and Minister of Economy Manuel Castro Almeida supported the deal, linking it to regional plans for the Algarve. Circuit upgrades are planned to meet FIA requirements and increase capacity. Portimao will take over a mid-season slot, as F1 continues discussions over future venues in Europe and other regions.</p>

F1: Portuguese GP Replaces Dutch GP for 2027 Season

F1 confirms Portuguese GP return at Portimao for 2027 and 2028, replacing Zandvoort after 2026 as calendar rotation and venue changes continue.

<p>With the 2025 Formula 1 season done and dusted, the ground-effect era is officially in the rear-view mirror. All eyes now turn to F1 2026, which brings one of the biggest rule resets the sport has seen in years. Active aerodynamics and sustainable fuels sit at the centre of the new regulations, and teams are already deep into development mode. For fans, this is the phase where speculation ramps up and the countdown to new cars and liveries truly begins.</p><p>The 2026 technical rules will change how these cars feel on track. The hybrid power unit drops the MGU-H, while electrical output jumps to around 350kW. That shift is expected to reshape energy management, race strategy, and even how drivers deploy power over a lap. It is a fresh engineering challenge and one that could shuffle the competitive order when the lights go out in 2026.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-audi-reveals-official-team-name-and-car-launch-date-122468/">F1: Audi Reveals Official Team Name and Car Launch Date</a></p><p>The grid itself will also look different. Cadillac joins Formula 1 as the 11th team, while Audi steps in by taking over the Sauber F1 operation, bringing the Sauber name’s long spell in F1 to a close. Teams will return to individual launch events after last season’s combined reveal, with most early shows likely to focus on liveries or show cars. The real details, as always, are expected to stay hidden until pre-season testing gets underway.</p><h2>McLaren - TBA</h2><p>McLaren heads into F1 2026 with an unchanged driver line-up. Oscar Piastri returns after multiple race wins, while Lando Norris arrives as the reigning World Champion, giving the team a young and settled pairing.</p><h2>Mercedes - TBA</h2><p>Mercedes retains George Russell as its lead driver for the new era. Kimi Antonelli moves into his second season with the focus on delivering results under the revised rules.</p><h2>Red Bull -&nbsp;January 15</h2><p>Red Bull continues with Max Verstappen leading the team as it enters a new phase with its in-house power unit developed in partnership with Ford. Isack Hadjar steps up from Racing Bulls after the 2025 season, replacing Yuki Tsunoda in the main team.</p><h2>Ferrari - TBA</h2><p>Ferrari keeps Charles Leclerc and Lewis Hamilton together for another season. Leclerc targets a title challenge under the new regulations, while Hamilton enters his second year at Maranello aiming for more strong performance.</p><h2>Aston Martin - February 9</h2><p>Aston Martin stays with Fernando Alonso as its reference driver for 2026. Lance Stroll remains alongside him as the team begins work under team principal Adrian Newey.</p><h2>Williams - TBA</h2><p>Williams continues with Alex Albon and Carlos Sainz after their 2025 campaign. Their experience helps the team approach the 2026 regulations with clarity.</p><h2>Racing Bulls -&nbsp;January 15</h2><p>Racing Bulls maintains Liam Lawson in one seat and promotes Arvid Lindblad from Formula 2. The pairing keeps a link to the Red Bull driver programme as the team moves into the new season.</p><h2>Audi -&nbsp;January 20</h2><p>Audi starts its first full works season with Nico Hulkenberg leading the line-up. Gabriel Bortoleto stays on after his rookie season, giving the team a mix of experience and youth.</p><h2>Cadillac -&nbsp;February 8</h2><p>Cadillac enters Formula 1 with Sergio Perez and Valtteri Bottas. Perez arrives after his time at Red Bull, while Bottas returns to the grid as the team begins its first season.</p><h2>Haas -&nbsp;January 23</h2><p>Haas sticks with Esteban Ocon and Ollie Bearman. The team carries forward the same drivers to support development and race execution.</p><h2>Alpine -&nbsp;January 23</h2><p>Alpine keeps Pierre Gasly as its main driver following the switch to Mercedes power for 2026. Franco Colapinto remains after his late-season performances.</p>

F1 2026: Car Launches and Livery Reveal Dates Confirmed So Far

With F1 2026 approaching under new regulations and new manufacturers joining the grid, here is when teams will reveal their 2026 car liveries.

<p>The Bharat New Car Assessment Programme, implemented in 2023, was a shot in the arm for a country that sees itself as a global automotive hub – both as a manufacturing and exporting nation and as a giant consumer of automobiles. Besides, for a country with a reputation for having some of the most unsafe roads in the world, having an NCAP protocol in place shows that the industry and the Government are taking scientific action to curb road fatalities and injuries. While the Central Motor Vehicles Rules govern cars to make them road-worthy, the BNCAP protocols – though voluntary – made them crash-worthy, so to speak. </p><p>A nation’s independent new car assessment programme showcases the country’s maturity as an important player in the global ecosystem, as it establishes guardrails on the kinds of cars that are manufactured and sold for its citizens, while also proclaiming to the world that made-in-India cars meet a certain level of quality and safety. Good so far. </p><p>Now, the Government has released a draft of a new BNCAP that will come into effect in October 2027. Compared to the 2023 version, BNCAP 2.0 is much more comprehensive in establishing the car’s overall role in the road environment and takes into account India’s unique driving and road conditions. Here are some key differences demonstrating why BNCAP 2.0 is vastly better: </p><p>1. In BNCAP 1.0, there were three verticals across which new cars were assessed: Adult Occupant Protection (AOP), Child Occupant Protection (COP) and safety assist technologies. In BNCAP 2.0, there are five verticals, each with a weightage: Safe Driving (10%), Accident Avoidance (10%), Crash Protection (55%), Vulnerable Road User Protection (20%), and Post-Crash Safety (5%).</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-e-Vitara-Bharat-NCAP-Crash-Test-1764690608676.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Bharat NCAP Crash Test.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>2. Mandatory crash tests have expanded from three to five. The 64km/h frontal offset deformable barrier, 50km/h side mobile deformable barrier and the 32km/h oblique side pole crash tests are now joined by new 50km/h full-width frontal and 50km/h rear mobile rigid barrier tests. Specifications are even more exacting on the use of Anthropomorphic Test Devices (ATD), better known as crash test dummies. </p><p>3. To me, the most significant change in the BNCAP protocol is the vertical dedicated to vulnerable road users, which gets a substantial 20% weightage. Now, the handful of you who read this column regularly know that I keep bleating on about the fact that VRUs are frankly treated in our country like caca. About 20% of fatalities are VRUs like pedestrians and cyclists, while a staggering 45% are two-wheeler riders. Yes,65% of fatalities on Indian roads are VRUs. BNCAP 2.0 lays out mandatory pedestrian tests (legform to bumper, adult headform to windshield and engine hood area, child headform to engine hood area) and optional assessments of Autonomous Emergency Braking (adult pedestrian, child pedestrian, and even car-to-motorcyclist rear-end collision). </p><p>4. Technology gets a boost. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is now mandatory, while AEB, though optional, also receives a score. Technologies that autonomously help prevent crashes are also given importance. </p><p>5. The other major change is post-crash safety with 5% weightage. Electrical and fuel safety will be assessed to prevent fires and shocks after a crash, as will Occupant Extrication. The protocol gives optional scoring for multi-collision braking, SOS/e-call, rescue sheet system and hazard warning light system, etc. </p><p>6. Finally, star ratings and thresholds have changed. Plus, there are additional qualifiers for the ratings. For example, for vehicles aiming to achieve three stars and above, the AOP score should be a minimum of 55% of the total Crash Protection vertical score. And no vehicle can earn five stars if it scores no points in any of the five verticals. And when ATD body regions are monitored, no 5-star rated vehicle should have injuries in certain red-coloured zones.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/09/BNCAP-Sticker.jpg" alt="Bharat NCAP QR Code Safety Rating Stickers for Cars" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>These are just the highlights. The last date for feedback on the draft BNCAP 2.0 is December 20, 2025, and hopefully, there won’t be any lobbying by OEMs to dilute these provisions by then. Fingers crossed. </p><p>Meanwhile, I sent the PDF of the draft protocol to an automotive and road safety engineer and researcher (who prefers to remain anonymous, but posts on X using the handle @RSGuy_India) to get his reactions to it. He felt that it was much more representative than BNCAP 1.0, though the downside is that cars can become more expensive. “The inclusion of a test like full-width frontal so early into the BNCAP regime is certainly a good move. This will test carmakers, as they need to think holistically about engineering their vehicles. And a lot of emphasis on ADAS technologies, like AEB, Blindspot Sensors, Lane Change Assist, Driver Drowsiness, etc., can greatly help, looking at the kind of crashes here in India.” </p><p>RSGuy_India and I continued our conversation, and we have something interesting coming up in the next column. It’s on crash test ratings, something that will open your eyes. Till then, stay strapped in and drive safely into the new year.</p>

Opinion: Bharat NCAP 2.0: A Smarter, Tougher Safety Regime India Desperately Needs

The proposed Bharat NCAP 2.0 protocol is more holistic and better adapted to the Indian road environment. Here’s what you need to know.

<p>
Does the departure of JLR Chief
Creative Officer, Gerry McGovern,
mean more turmoil for Jaguar, or is
there light at the end of the tunnel? It’s safe to say that Jaguar’s brand strategy of late left most automotive commentators and brand loyalists not just shaking their heads but almost scratching their eyes out! The styling of the pink Type 00 raised plenty of eyebrows, but what was even more questionable was the brand’s decision to abandon – shun even – its storied history.</p>

<p>Jaguar even went so far as to delete all the previous posts on its Instagram account. Starting afresh is one thing, but disowning a heritage as great as Jaguar’s was a decision that was equal parts bold and equal parts downright stupid!</p>

<p>It's easy to sit on the sidelines and criticise, of course, but JLR had to do something drastic since nothing seemed to have worked. They brought out a modern-day interpretation of the legendary E-Type sports car in the shape of the svelte and hugely desirable F-Type – and while it did see some success, it didn’t quite have the impact that it ought to have done.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2020/12/Jaguar-F-TYPE-Heritage-60-Edition-E-Type-anniversary.jpg" alt="Jaguar F TYPE Heritage 60 Edition E Type Anniversary" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>In my opinion, after the Aston Martin DB7, it was then Jaguar lead designer and design legend Ian Callum’s best work. That’s to say nothing of the XJ, XF and XE sedans, which were the best driving cars out there. I would even go so far as to say that Jaguar had even displaced BMW as the ‘Ultimate Driving Machine.’ And that’s to say nothing of Ian Callum’s magical penmanship once more, but still no one reached for their chequebooks. They even introduced a range of SUVs that shared their underpinnings with Land Rover – but, again, the market didn’t budge.</p>

<p>And while I could never quite figure out why, it became far clearer once I asked myself a pair of simple questions. Did I want a new Jaguar? Absolutely, with all my heart. But would I buy one? And the answer to that fateful question, I’m afraid, was NO.</p>

<p>You see, since the days of British Leyland, Jaguar had developed a reputation for unreliability, and it’s one that they could never shed – especially in the world’s most important car market, the US. Sadly, some of those quality niggles remained well into the modern day, so that reputation wasn’t entirely unfounded, but it was a little unfair all the same. Jaguar made enormous strides in terms of design, engineering and quality – just not enough to turn the tables on public perception.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Jaguar_Land_Rover_Gerry_McGovern_Opinion_Dhruv_Behl_autoX-1765433907256.webp" alt="Jaguar_Land_Rover_Gerry_McGovern_Opinion_Dhruv_Behl_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>And then came Gerry – high on the success of not just resurrecting the Land Rover and Range Rover brands but repositioning them entirely. It’s safe to say that the current Range Rover isn’t just one of the most capable cars on the planet, but also one of the most desirable and highly sought-after. So, who better than him to finally rescue a failing Jaguar?</p>

<p>Sadly, he chose to bury the leaping cat and forge an entirely new identity that no one could relate to. The brand also decided to dive headfirst into the luxury EV pond – you wouldn’t blame them necessarily. After all, it took just one look at the Tesla stock chart to see that it wasn’t BMW that you wanted to emulate, it was Elon Musk.</p>

<p>But the bottom appears to have fallen out of the luxury EV market, so much so that even Porsche has just reported a billion-dollar loss. Gerry put all his chips on red – or pink, I should say – and it came up black, at least on this bet. But it would be unfair if he were to be remembered not for his massive successes at Land Rover but for the biblical downfall of Jaguar.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2020/08/jaguar-c-type-steering-boss.jpg" alt="jaguar c type steering boss" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>But now that he’s been shown the door just days after PB Balaji took the reins, can Jaguar finally script a sustainable turnaround? Frankly, it looks more complex than ever, but Jaguar has always revelled in being the underdog. Now that Jaguar has decided to embrace its heritage once again, here’s hoping they can finally script a comeback for the leaping cat.
</p>





Letter from the Editor - JLR Fires Gerry McGovern: What’s Next for Jaguar?

As the industry pivots and icons reinvent themselves, Jaguar finds itself at a crossroads — not of technology, but of identity and relevance.

Industry News